IntroductionWelcome| 00:04 | Hi, and welcome to Microsoft OneNote
2010 Essential Training. I'm David Rivers.
| | 00:09 | OneNote is known for giving you the
ultimate place to store and share your
| | 00:12 | information in a single easy to access location.
| | 00:16 | We'll begin with a tour of an
existing notebook in OneNote 2010, browsing
| | 00:21 | through the various sections, pages and
subpages to get you up and running and
| | 00:26 | feeling comfortable with the types of
content you can store in the OneNote
| | 00:29 | notebook, while exploring best
practices for staying organized.
| | 00:33 | With OneNote, you can share your
notebook and simultaneously take and edit notes
| | 00:38 | with other people, even access
your notes from multiple computers.
| | 00:42 | Then it's onto the user interface,
which receives a full makeover to the new
| | 00:46 | Ribbon, and a new docking feature that
allows you to keep track of your notes
| | 00:51 | and where they come from.
| | 00:52 | We'll explore techniques
for organizing a notebook.
| | 00:55 | And then it's on to adding content,
which could be as simple as typing a note or
| | 01:00 | as advanced as recording
your own audio or video.
| | 01:04 | Staying organized in OneNote 2010 is simple.
| | 01:07 | So we'll explore features like Fast
Search functionality, Wiki Linking and Quick
| | 01:13 | Filing to help with importing information.
| | 01:16 | So with all these topics and so
many more to cover, let's get started.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Using the exercise files| 00:00 | If you're a premium subscriber
with lynda.com, you'll have access to
| | 00:04 | the Exercise Files.
| | 00:05 | The Exercise Files allow you to
follow along with me step by step.
| | 00:09 | And if you plan on using them,
I highly recommend placing the Exercise Files
| | 00:13 | folder in a convenient location, such
as the Desktop here, and double-clicking
| | 00:17 | this folder will reveal subfolders for
each of the chapters in this title and
| | 00:22 | double-clicking one of those
subfolders will reveal additional subfolders
| | 00:26 | representing each of the
lessons in that chapter.
| | 00:30 | But just know that if you're following
along with me from the beginning of the
| | 00:33 | chapter right through to the end,
you'll be able to use the same notebook.
| | 00:37 | You won't have to jump around from
folder to folder opening up the next version.
| | 00:41 | However, if you do jump around from
lesson to lesson, you'll be able to go
| | 00:44 | directly to the appropriate subfolder,
double-click and open up the notebook
| | 00:49 | right from there and be all caught up.
| | 00:51 | Notice that OneNote notebooks also
appear to be subfolders themselves, containing
| | 00:55 | the various sections of a notebook.
| | 00:58 | So now that you know how to work
with the Exercise Files, it's time to get started.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
1. Getting StartedWhat is OneNote?| 00:01 | Before we really get started diving
into the powerful features and functions of
| | 00:04 | OneNote 2010, it might be a good idea to
explore what OneNote is and what it can
| | 00:09 | do to improve your life.
| | 00:11 | We'll begin by opening up a
couple of different notebooks
| | 00:14 | so we have something to look at.
| | 00:16 | We do that by going to the Backstage View.
| | 00:19 | Click the File tab to do that.
| | 00:21 | Then click Open and click
the Open Notebook button.
| | 00:25 | Now this allows you to navigate the
various locations on your computer or
| | 00:28 | network for any
notebooks you might want to open.
| | 00:31 | In this case, we're going to use Exercise Files.
| | 00:33 | We're going to double-
click the Chapter 1 folder.
| | 00:36 | Then double-click the 01_01 subfolder.
| | 00:39 | Now there appears to be a couple of
additional subfolders in there, titled
| | 00:43 | Office and Home Projects.
| | 00:44 | But these are actual notebooks in OneNote.
| | 00:47 | So let's start by double-
clicking the Office notebook.
| | 00:50 | This displays some content.
| | 00:52 | But we really don't have to select anything
at this point. Just click the Open button.
| | 00:56 | You'll notice the file name
| | 00:57 | now that's automatically selected
by default is Open Notebook here.
| | 01:01 | So when we click Open, we've
actually opened up our notebook.
| | 01:03 | And we're ready to work with it.
| | 01:05 | Let's open up one more.
| | 01:06 | We'll go back to Backstage
View, clicking the File tab.
| | 01:09 | Then click Open and click
the Open Notebook button again.
| | 01:13 | Let's navigate back to the 01_01
subfolder, double-click Home Projects, and click
| | 01:18 | Open to open up that one.
| | 01:20 | Now we've got a couple of different
notebooks opened to work with and we're
| | 01:23 | ready to talk about what OneNote really is.
| | 01:25 | Well, in a nutshell, OneNote
provides a way to not only take notes and
| | 01:30 | gather information, but to then easily find
the info you need and to share it with others.
| | 01:36 | So if you've carried a notebook or
a binder around for taking notes and
| | 01:39 | collecting information, you know it can
take some time to then try to find the
| | 01:43 | information you need.
| | 01:44 | And it can be difficult to share
your content with others, let alone
| | 01:48 | collaborate on that content.
| | 01:50 | Well, OneNote addresses all of those needs.
| | 01:53 | Firstly, you can be
working on multiple notebooks.
| | 01:55 | You can have them opened at the same time.
| | 01:58 | Now here you'll see that I've got two
open, one called Two Trees, at least
| | 02:01 | that's the display name
for a notebook called Office.
| | 02:05 | The other one is Home Projects.
| | 02:07 | And to switch between the
two notebooks is very simple.
| | 02:10 | All you need to do is click the name
of the notebook and it appears open.
| | 02:14 | The other one closes up automatically.
| | 02:16 | Now just like a real-life notebook,
you can organize your content into sections
| | 02:20 | or tabs and create as many
pages and sub-pages as you like.
| | 02:25 | For example, in our Two Trees,
you can see we've got several tabs.
| | 02:28 | And to move from section to
section, we just click those tabs.
| | 02:32 | You'll also notice that many of the
tabs or sections are broken up into
| | 02:36 | pages with subpages.
| | 02:38 | So you can navigate through
the various content that way.
| | 02:41 | And you can also do it from the
Navigation pane on the left-hand side.
| | 02:46 | Now what's really nice about using
OneNote as opposed to a real paper-based
| | 02:49 | notebook is the types of content you can store.
| | 02:52 | For example, if you go down to the
Bird Watching section of our Home Projects,
| | 02:56 | you'll notice that we've got many
pages and sub pages here for the various birds.
| | 03:02 | With the Cardinal page selected, you
can see we've got text. We've got notes.
| | 03:08 | We've got Video, Audio, pictures.
| | 03:11 | And if we go to the Insert tab on the
Ribbon, we see all of the different types
| | 03:15 | of content that can be added
to your pages in a notebook.
| | 03:19 | Ranges from tables to links
to various files or websites.
| | 03:25 | You've also got symbols and
equations that you can enter using the Symbol
| | 03:29 | section here on the Ribbon.
| | 03:32 | Now content can also be sent from anywhere else.
| | 03:35 | For example, if you have a spreadsheet
in Microsoft Excel, maybe you want to
| | 03:39 | send that to OneNote.
| | 03:40 | Well, you do that by going to Print,
and for the printer you would select
| | 03:46 | Send to OneNote 2010.
| | 03:47 | Make sure you have your
Settings selected properly.
| | 03:50 | And when you go to print, you
actually send that to OneNote.
| | 03:53 | And when you switch back to OneNote,
you'll see a message here waiting in the
| | 03:57 | dialog box indicating that
you've sent something here.
| | 04:00 | Now you get to choose where it's going.
| | 04:02 | Now of course, the spreadsheet doesn't
belong in our Home Projects notebook and
| | 04:07 | it doesn't belong in any of those pages.
| | 04:09 | But we can go to our Two Trees notebook.
| | 04:12 | And we can go to our Revenue
section and select the appropriate page.
| | 04:17 | We could also type in what we're
looking for at the top and it'll take us
| | 04:20 | directly to the page as well.
| | 04:23 | So it's very easy to get content from
other locations and have it stored in the
| | 04:27 | appropriate location in your notebook.
| | 04:30 | Maybe it's on the Web.
| | 04:31 | In Internet Explorer, you
could do the exact same thing.
| | 04:34 | If you wanted to select content that would
be useful in your notebook, you could do that.
| | 04:39 | And just as if you're going to print
it to your printer, you would go through
| | 04:42 | the print process, but this time of
course choose the Send to OneNote driver,
| | 04:46 | which isn't installed
automatically when you install the software.
| | 04:50 | And then you would just send
that to OneNote by printing it.
| | 04:53 | Again, you switch back to OneNote.
| | 04:55 | The dialog box is waiting for you
to choose where you want to put that.
| | 04:59 | So in this case, it's about the speaker.
| | 05:01 | So as I type-in speaker at the top,
you can see it takes me to Speaker List
| | 05:05 | page, part of the Two Trees/
AGM section of my notebook.
| | 05:10 | When I click OK, it's
inserted there for me just like that.
| | 05:15 | Now even better, you can share all of
this with others, even allowing multiple
| | 05:20 | authors to contribute to the notebook.
| | 05:22 | Multiple people can even be working
on the same content at the same time.
| | 05:26 | And OneNote will know to update the
notebook to include all of the changes from
| | 05:31 | each and every contributor.
| | 05:33 | From the Share tab on the Ribbon,
you'll see a number of options for
| | 05:37 | sharing your notebooks.
| | 05:39 | You can also go to Backstage View.
| | 05:41 | And there's a Share section here
where you choose the notebook you want to
| | 05:44 | share and where you want to share it.
| | 05:47 | Whether it be over the Web, on
the Network Location for example.
| | 05:50 | And if you choose Network Location, you can
browse to that location and make it shareable.
| | 05:56 | Then anyone with access to the network
will have access to your notebook and
| | 06:00 | the pages they're in.
| | 06:02 | Syncing can be done on the fly as
well when you're connected or can be done
| | 06:06 | after the fact, allowing you
to work offline when needed.
| | 06:10 | So now that you have an idea about what
OneNote is and what it can do, it's time
| | 06:15 | to explore the powerful
functions and features of OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Launching OneNote and touring the interface| 00:01 | In Office 2007, Microsoft decided
not to focus on upgrading the OneNote
| | 00:05 | user interface to the new Ribbon-based
interface found in other programs in the Suite.
| | 00:10 | Instead, they focused on making it
easier to share and collaborate on
| | 00:14 | notebooks in OneNote 2007.
| | 00:17 | Well, here in OneNote 2010, we finally
see an upgrade to the new user interface.
| | 00:22 | So let's take a quick tour now.
| | 00:24 | Right at the very top we still have our
title bar where you'll see the name of
| | 00:28 | the content you're looking at.
| | 00:29 | In this case in OneNote we're
looking at a page titled Baba Ghanoush.
| | 00:32 | And we're using our Two
Trees or Office notebook.
| | 00:36 | And you also see the name of the
application or program you're using,
| | 00:40 | in this case, OneNote.
| | 00:42 | In the top right-hand corner,
you'll see your Minimize, your Restore
| | 00:46 | and Maximized button, as well as the Close
button for closing down the entire program.
| | 00:51 | We see our first change there when we
move to the far left of the title bar.
| | 00:55 | This is known as the Quick Access toolbar.
| | 00:58 | And by default you're going to see a
number of buttons here that give you quick
| | 01:01 | access to some more popular commands.
| | 01:03 | For example, when you're navigating
through the various pages in your notebook,
| | 01:07 | you might want to move back, just like
you might navigate using a web browser.
| | 01:11 | You've got a Back button.
| | 01:12 | There's an Undo button.
| | 01:13 | And then there are some View buttons.
| | 01:15 | There's a new view called
the Dock to Desktop view.
| | 01:18 | This button toggles it on and off.
| | 01:20 | And we also have a button for
going to our Full Page View.
| | 01:24 | Now these are just the default buttons.
| | 01:25 | You'll notice a little drop-down
button just to the right where you can click
| | 01:29 | to customize what appears
on the Quick Access toolbar.
| | 01:32 | Now there are a number of
predefined commands that you can choose from.
| | 01:36 | Notice that anything with a checkmark
currently appears on the Quick Access toolbar.
| | 01:40 | Other options without checkmarks
can be added by simply clicking them.
| | 01:43 | So if you wanted to add the Forward
button as well, you can see it's now added.
| | 01:47 | When we click the drop-down,
it now has a checkmark next to it.
| | 01:51 | And you'll see there's a list of
predefined commands to choose from here.
| | 01:54 | But if there's a command that you
like that does not appear here, you can
| | 01:58 | actually go down to More Commands.
| | 02:00 | And now we open up the OneNote Options,
which is accessible from the Backstage View.
| | 02:05 | I'll show you that in a moment.
| | 02:06 | Notice the Quick Access toolbar is selected.
| | 02:09 | And you've got Popular Commands showing up
by default and there's quite a long list.
| | 02:13 | And you can actually get to every
single command possible by clicking the
| | 02:17 | drop-down and choosing
something like All Commands for example.
| | 02:21 | You'll see an alphabetical
listing of every possible command.
| | 02:24 | So if there was something that you
wanted to add, like the Delete button for
| | 02:27 | example, you simply click to select it.
| | 02:30 | Click the Add button.
| | 02:31 | It gets added over to the
right-hand side with the others.
| | 02:34 | This is the set of buttons that will
appear in the Quick Access toolbar.
| | 02:37 | The other nice thing about
customizing here is that you can rearrange
| | 02:41 | your buttons as well.
| | 02:42 | For example, the Forward button
should go right next to the Back button.
| | 02:46 | So we'll select it by clicking.
| | 02:47 | And then we'll just bump it up using
the up arrow here on the right-hand side
| | 02:51 | until it's next to the Back button.
| | 02:53 | Of course, here's where we
go to Remove buttons as well.
| | 02:56 | If you decide, no, I don't use the
Delete button, there's no point in it
| | 02:59 | showing up in the Quick Access toolbar,
taking up space, select it by clicking it,
| | 03:03 | and click the Remove button to remove it.
| | 03:05 | And of course, at any time by
clicking the Reset button, you can reset to
| | 03:10 | the default settings.
| | 03:11 | These are the settings that we
saw when we first launched our
| | 03:14 | OneNote application.
| | 03:16 | When you're done though, just click OK
and we're back to our Quick Access
| | 03:20 | toolbar here in the top-left corner
with our new button appearing there.
| | 03:23 | And at any time we can go back
here to customize it as we need.
| | 03:26 | Now just below the Quick
Access toolbar is the Ribbon.
| | 03:31 | And in the far left-hand corner of this
Ribbon, you'll see the File tab. It's colored.
| | 03:36 | And here is where we access Backstage View.
| | 03:39 | So we'll click that and you'll notice
that Backstage View is a container of
| | 03:44 | mostly file-related commands for
working with notebooks, so information about
| | 03:48 | notebooks that we're working
on, such as their locations.
| | 03:51 | You can see we've got an Open option
for opening notebooks, creating new ones,
| | 03:57 | sharing, saving, sending, printing,
and we can also go back to those options
| | 04:01 | from Backstage View by
clicking the Options button.
| | 04:04 | Here's our OneNote Options.
| | 04:05 | And if we want to go back to that
Quick Access toolbar, this is just
| | 04:08 | another route to get there.
| | 04:10 | We'll click Cancel.
| | 04:12 | Next to the Backstage View tab or File tab
are the other tabs that appear on the Ribbon.
| | 04:17 | Now the Ribbon is organized
into these tabs logically.
| | 04:22 | So you'll spend less time searching
for a command and more time actually
| | 04:24 | getting your work done.
| | 04:26 | Also it's contact-sensitive.
| | 04:26 | So if we go to Insert, you'll see all
of the different types of things that can
| | 04:30 | be inserted into a OneNote notebook.
| | 04:33 | If we go to Share, you'll see sharing options.
| | 04:36 | All organized logically so it's easy to
find things. Drawing, reviewing and so on.
| | 04:41 | Now sometimes you'll see commands that
are grayed out, so they're not available.
| | 04:46 | If there's nothing to cut copy or paste
in this case, those are not accessible.
| | 04:51 | But as soon as we go inside and we
click and drag say over a paragraph, you'll
| | 04:55 | notice that the Cut and the Copy
buttons are now available to us.
| | 04:59 | So it's very smart that way.
| | 05:01 | It won't let you select
commands that are not usable.
| | 05:04 | Over on the left-hand side by default,
you're going to see this navigation bar.
| | 05:09 | And so you'll see the list of
notebooks that you're working with.
| | 05:12 | You'll see little buttons for collapsing them.
| | 05:14 | So if you don't want to look at the
contents of the notebook, you can collapse.
| | 05:18 | This provides more room for other notebooks.
| | 05:21 | At anytime you can expand them.
| | 05:23 | And the entire navigation bar is also
collapsible by going to the Collapse
| | 05:27 | button at the very top-right of the bar.
Click that and it gives you a little more
| | 05:31 | room to work with, and at anytime
you can come back and expand it.
| | 05:36 | Same goes for what appears on the
right-hand side, your page tabs.
| | 05:39 | Now here's where we go to create new
pages as well as subpages and templates.
| | 05:44 | You can see them when we
click the drop-down button.
| | 05:47 | This entire bar is also collapsible.
| | 05:50 | So we can click that little button.
| | 05:51 | Now as you can see the
beginnings of the contents of the pages.
| | 05:54 | And we can move between the
various pages just by clicking them here.
| | 05:58 | You can see we're moving
around through the various pages.
| | 06:02 | And at anytime, if we want to see the
full-page tabs, we can expand by clicking
| | 06:07 | the same button. It toggles it to
collapse and expand our page tabs.
| | 06:12 | Sometimes you'll see scrollbars if
there is no content lower than what we can
| | 06:16 | see here in the page, we won't see a
vertical scrollbar, but it does appear that
| | 06:21 | we need to scroll horizontally by
clicking and dragging the scrollbar here or
| | 06:24 | using the buttons to scroll left and
right when there's more content off to the
| | 06:29 | right-hand side of the page that we can see.
| | 06:31 | Now you'll also notice, aside from
the Navigation bar where we can navigate
| | 06:35 | through the various notebooks as well
as the sections in our notebooks.
| | 06:38 | They appear as tabs. You'll also see
those tabs across the top of your screen.
| | 06:42 | So you can click those tabs to
move between the various sections in a
| | 06:46 | notebook just by clicking.
| | 06:48 | All right, now that we know our
way around OneNote 2010, it's time to
| | 06:53 | start using it.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Opening, closing, and saving notebooks| 00:01 | Working with OneNote notebooks is very
different from working with traditional
| | 00:04 | file such as Word documents in Microsoft
Word or Excel spreadsheets for example.
| | 00:10 | The first thing you need to know
is that any changes you make are
| | 00:14 | automatically saved in OneNote.
| | 00:16 | So you really don't need to update or
save changes you make to a notebook.
| | 00:21 | That could be deleting or inserting
new pages and content and so on.
| | 00:26 | So here we are in OneNote with our two
notebooks open, our Office notebook as
| | 00:30 | well as our Home Projects, and I just
want you to see what happens here if we
| | 00:35 | move to a different section.
| | 00:36 | For example, we will click Budgets
under Office here and now we're simply going
| | 00:41 | to shut down OneNote.
| | 00:42 | So we will go to the top right-hand
corner and click the Close button.
| | 00:45 | So we've shut down OneNote.
| | 00:48 | We are not prompted to save anything.
| | 00:49 | As I mentioned, everything saved for you
automatically on the spur of the moment.
| | 00:54 | So if we go down to our Start button in
our Windows orb and we launch OneNote by
| | 00:58 | typing in One and selecting Microsoft OneNote,
| | 01:02 | you will notice that OneNote launches
but the two notebooks that were open when
| | 01:07 | we shut it down are right back down
front of us and in fact, we're looking at
| | 01:11 | the section and the page where we
left off when we shut down OneNote.
| | 01:16 | So this can be very handy if you
work with the same notebook or multiple
| | 01:19 | notebooks on a regular basis. You
really don't need to close them up, just shut
| | 01:24 | down OneNote next time you come back,
you're right where you left off.
| | 01:27 | But there are occasions where
you do want to close them up.
| | 01:30 | For example, if you're sharing notebooks,
you might want to just close it down
| | 01:35 | before you shut down OneNote.
| | 01:36 | If you work with different notebooks
and you mix it up on a daily basis,
| | 01:40 | you don't want to be opening up a notebook
that's already open when you launch OneNote.
| | 01:44 | For example, you can end up with multiples, so
let's talk about closing down our notebooks.
| | 01:49 | So with the Office notebook open,
you see the icon shows the open book.
| | 01:53 | One option is just to right
click and choose Close This Notebook.
| | 01:58 | So it's going to close it up and we're left
with our other notebook here, our Home Projects.
| | 02:02 | Another option is to go to Backstage View.
| | 02:05 | When you click the File tab, you'll see
the Settings button for any open notebooks.
| | 02:09 | In this case just our Home Projects.
| | 02:11 | So when we click Settings, you'll
notice we have options here, including Close.
| | 02:16 | So click Close and it closes it up,
and now we don't have any open notebooks,
| | 02:20 | so we are left with our unfiled notes and that
happens to be blank at this point as well.
| | 02:25 | Now to open them up.
| | 02:27 | Well, there are a couple of
different options for doing that.
| | 02:30 | One is to go to Backstage View, click
File, go down to Open and select that, and
| | 02:37 | you may see your recently closed notebooks here.
| | 02:40 | So you can quickly go back to any
of them just by simply clicking them.
| | 02:43 | Let's do that for our Office. Click that one.
| | 02:47 | It's opened back up and there we are in
the very first section on the first page.
| | 02:52 | Now another option is to open up a notebook
directly from the folder where it resides.
| | 02:57 | So for example, if we go down to our
Windows orb, and we go to our Windows
| | 03:02 | Explorer, you can do that by
clicking something such as Documents.
| | 03:06 | In my case, I want to go to the Desktop.
| | 03:08 | That's where the Exercise Files are.
| | 03:10 | We will go in there and in Chapter
1 folder, in the 01_03 subfolder,
| | 03:16 | you are going to see what appears to
be a couple of different subfolders.
| | 03:20 | In fact, these are your notebooks.
| | 03:23 | So you can see our Office one
as well as our Home Projects.
| | 03:26 | We will go in there.
| | 03:27 | Go see what's inside that notebook
and you'll see the different sections.
| | 03:31 | Each one of the sections ends
with the extension one or 1.
| | 03:35 | And you may also see a Table of Contents.
| | 03:38 | The fact is you can go directly to a
section by double clicking any one of
| | 03:42 | these, including the table of contents,
and when you do the entire notebooks
| | 03:46 | will be opened up, but you'll be
looking at the section you've double clicked.
| | 03:50 | In this case, let's go to
Bird Watching and double-click.
| | 03:54 | So you can see it opens up Home
Projects and takes us to our Bird Watching
| | 03:59 | section on the very first page.
| | 04:01 | In this case, Local Birds on Record.
| | 04:04 | So different ways to open up your
notebooks, different ways to close them down,
| | 04:08 | and of course, keeping in mind anytime
you make a change to any content on any page,
| | 04:14 | in any section of a notebook,
it's automatically saved for you.
| | 04:18 | This is particularly important when
you're sharing notebooks with others.
| | 04:21 | If many of you are working on the same
notebook at the same time, all of your
| | 04:25 | changes are saved in
synced up automatically for you.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Creating new notebooks| 00:01 | If you're just starting out with OneNote,
one of the first things you're going
| | 00:03 | to do is create a brand-new notebook.
| | 00:06 | Now it doesn't really matter if you have
a notebook open when you go to do this.
| | 00:11 | You can see in this case we're working
with a couple of notebooks, our Office
| | 00:14 | and our Home Projects notebooks.
| | 00:15 | But maybe we need a third notebook.
| | 00:17 | Well, in that case it's very simple.
| | 00:19 | We just go to the Backstage View by
clicking the File tab and click New.
| | 00:23 | Now on the right-hand side, you can see
we've got three options for where we are
| | 00:27 | going to store this notebook.
| | 00:29 | So right from the get-go, we can
decide whether or not we're going to be
| | 00:32 | sharing this notebook.
| | 00:34 | A couple of different options
include sharing it via the Web.
| | 00:37 | So people can actually use their
browsers to access the notebooks. Or you might
| | 00:41 | be storing it somewhere on a network.
| | 00:43 | When you click Network, you are going
to need to name your notebook as well as
| | 00:46 | choose a location, and it has to be a
network location where other people have
| | 00:51 | access to that notebook.
| | 00:52 | What if it's just for your own personal use?
| | 00:54 | You might select My Computer.
| | 00:56 | In this case, you choose a name
and your location. This time it's not
| | 01:00 | necessarily a network location.
| | 01:02 | It can be anywhere such as your Documents.
| | 01:05 | So let's just choose My Computer and in
the Name field we will just click there
| | 01:09 | and we will type in the
name of our new notebook.
| | 01:14 | So let's say we have a project on the go
for the User Conference for the year 2010.
| | 01:18 | That might be a good name for our notebook.
| | 01:20 | Once we've got it typed in, you can
choose your location and there is a default
| | 01:24 | location for new notebooks.
| | 01:25 | That's what appears in the Location field.
| | 01:27 | All I have to do now is click Create Notebook.
| | 01:30 | And you'll notice we have a third
notebook that's been open, and it's the one
| | 01:34 | that's currently available
to us in the open position.
| | 01:37 | You can see the icon looks a
little bit different for this notebook.
| | 01:40 | It's open while the other two are closed up.
| | 01:43 | You are presented with a brand-new section.
| | 01:46 | It's blank and if we look over at the
page tabs on the right-hand side,
| | 01:49 | you can see there is one new untitled page ready
for you to type in the title at the very top.
| | 01:55 | So the next step in the process of
creating a new notebook, of course, will be
| | 01:59 | creating the new sections, pages,
and even subpages in your notebook.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Creating, moving, and deleting sections and pages| 00:01 | When you create a brand new notebook
like we did with our User Conference 2010
| | 00:05 | notebook that we see in front of us here,
| | 00:07 | automatically a new section is created for you.
| | 00:10 | It's automatically named New Section
1 and a brand new untitled page also
| | 00:15 | appears in that section and the cursor
is flashing in the title area waiting for
| | 00:19 | you to name the page.
| | 00:21 | So we need to discuss now how to
create sections, rename them, and then start
| | 00:26 | talking about creating and
even deleting pages and sections.
| | 00:30 | So here we are in our brand New Section 1.
| | 00:32 | The first thing we are going to do is
rename it just something meaningful.
| | 00:35 | Something that is going to give us an
idea about what content is going to be
| | 00:38 | hidden in this section.
| | 00:40 | So the best way is to go to the tab
itself at the very top and just right click.
| | 00:45 | You'll see a pop up menu with many
options including right at the top, Rename.
| | 00:49 | When we select that it highlights New
Section 1 and by the way double clicking
| | 00:53 | the tab will do the same thing.
| | 00:55 | We can just change the name
by typing over what's there.
| | 00:57 | Let's type in the word Facility.
| | 00:59 | So this first section will deal with
everything related to the facility for our
| | 01:03 | User Conference in 2010.
| | 01:05 | When you press Enter on
your keyboard, it's locked in.
| | 01:08 | You've renamed the section.
| | 01:09 | It appears on the tap at the top,
as well as the tabs that you see in
| | 01:13 | your navigation bar.
| | 01:15 | Notice there is a little tab just to
the right off our new facility tab.
| | 01:18 | It's got a star, this is where we
go to create a brand new section.
| | 01:22 | So click once and it becomes New
Section 1 and we can type right over that.
| | 01:27 | Let's give it a more meaningful name
such as Schedule, and when you press Return,
| | 01:32 | you now have a brand new
section called Schedule.
| | 01:34 | You'll also notice that there
is untitled page here as well.
| | 01:38 | Notice the color coding too.
| | 01:39 | So you can always tell
which tab or section you're in.
| | 01:43 | In this case our schedule is a pinky color.
| | 01:46 | You see that all the way around the outside
as well over here where our page tabs appear.
| | 01:50 | When we go back to Facility, you can
see this one is blue. So is the area over
| | 01:55 | here on the right hand side.
| | 01:57 | Let's create another section.
| | 01:58 | We will click the Create New Section.
| | 01:59 | You'll notice it's automatically added to the
end even though we were on the Facility tab.
| | 02:03 | We will just add one more. We will
call it Speakers and press Enter.
| | 02:08 | So there we go, we have got three sections.
| | 02:10 | Now it's time to start
talking about creating the pages.
| | 02:13 | So for our speakers, for example, we
might have many speakers coming to the User
| | 02:18 | Conference and we should
organize some into their own pages.
| | 02:21 | Well, the first page is already created for you.
| | 02:24 | It's an untitled page, but the cursor is
flashing waiting for you to type in a name.
| | 02:28 | So let's just type in Keynote.
| | 02:31 | And when you press Enter here,
that locks it in and automatically OneNote is
| | 02:35 | trying to create a brand
new note on the page for you.
| | 02:38 | You got that little frame area where
you can start typing in notes about
| | 02:41 | the keynote speaker.
| | 02:43 | Let's go to create another new page though.
| | 02:45 | Now you'll notice with Keynote selected,
when we click New Page, a new page is
| | 02:49 | automatically added underneath.
| | 02:51 | It's untitled, but the cursor is
flashing in the title area, so all we have
| | 02:55 | to do is type it in.
| | 02:55 | Let's type in your own name.
| | 02:57 | I am going to type in my
own name and press Return.
| | 03:00 | And now we'll add one more new page by
clicking the New Page button again, there it is.
| | 03:05 | It's untitled.
| | 03:06 | We will add our third speaker
for now and we'll press Return.
| | 03:11 | Now of course, we can always go back to
these and add information such as the keynote.
| | 03:15 | If we don't have a keynote speaker at
the time, just leave it as Keynote,
| | 03:19 | but when we do get a name, just come
in here and we will add that name, maybe
| | 03:22 | put a dash in there and we will type in
whoever our keynote speaker is, and when
| | 03:29 | you press Return it's locked in.
| | 03:31 | You rename the page just by
changing up the title a little bit.
| | 03:34 | And what if you want to rearrange things?
| | 03:36 | Let's say we want to rearrange these sections.
| | 03:38 | Maybe Speaker should come before the Schedule.
| | 03:41 | All you do is go to the tab itself.
Just click and drag.
| | 03:44 | You'll see that little black
triangle in between the tabs.
| | 03:47 | So if you want it at the beginning, go
all the way to the left, still dragging.
| | 03:51 | Let's go between Facility
and Schedule and release.
| | 03:54 | Now, it's just been reordered.
| | 03:56 | You'll see it's reordered over here in the
navigation bar in the left-hand side as well.
| | 04:00 | Same goes for our pages. That makes sense
of the keynotes at the top here, but if
| | 04:04 | we go to David Rivers, just click and drag down.
| | 04:07 | In this case you see a black bar.
| | 04:09 | So we want to bring it down below
Karen Corey and release. There we go.
| | 04:13 | We have reordered the pages, simple as that.
| | 04:16 | If there is a page you don't need,
| | 04:18 | let's Karen Corey is dropping out,
| | 04:20 | you can go to Karen Corey here,
right-click the page and you'll see a pop up
| | 04:24 | menu with a number of options,
including right at the top Delete.
| | 04:28 | So when you click Delete, the Karen
Corey page is gone, everything collapses
| | 04:32 | together so it's a nice and
organized, and we are ready to continue.
| | 04:36 | So creating your sections and creating
your pages, we will be talking about
| | 04:40 | subpages a little bit later on, will help
you to stay organized, making it easy to
| | 04:44 | find the content once you get it in there.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Working with sub-pages| 00:00 | Keeping your information organized is
the best way to make it simpler for you
| | 00:05 | down the road to find the
content you're looking for.
| | 00:09 | Well, in OneNote 2010 that involves
creating sections, pages, and even sub-pages
| | 00:15 | in a notebook and we're
going to talk about that now.
| | 00:18 | We'll start by going to our Office
notebook and we will click the Recipe
| | 00:21 | section. It takes us directly to the
Recipe section of a notebook and you may be
| | 00:26 | looking at any of the pages
or sub-pages in this notebook.
| | 00:30 | If we go up to the A-D section, you
can see we actually have links to the
| | 00:34 | various recipes that fall under the heading A-D.
| | 00:38 | And if we go to M-P, we really don't anything.
| | 00:42 | Well, each of these is a page, A-D,
E-A, I-L, Q-Z, and M-P is a page
| | 00:48 | that contains nothing.
| | 00:50 | The others have sub-pages.
| | 00:51 | So how do we add a sub-page?
| | 00:53 | We know if we go up to the New Page
button with M-P selected, we're going to get
| | 00:58 | another page that appears down below.
| | 01:00 | We don't want another page.
| | 01:01 | We want another sub-page.
| | 01:03 | So we'll click the drop-down next to
New Page and choose New Sub-page and
| | 01:08 | because we had M-P selected, a new
Untitled sub-page appears underneath that.
| | 01:13 | We are ready to start typing in what
it is we want to add to our recipes.
| | 01:18 | So let's just type in Meat
Lasagna and press Return.
| | 01:23 | We now have a brand new sub-page.
| | 01:24 | Let's say we have another one know
that belongs here in the M-P category.
| | 01:28 | Notice as we move from Page to Sub-page,
there is a little icon that appears
| | 01:32 | over to the left-hand side.
| | 01:35 | Well that little New Page icon is
going to create either a new page or a new
| | 01:38 | sub-page, depending on what's selected.
| | 01:40 | If we go next to a sub-page and we
click this button, we are going to
| | 01:44 | get another sub-page.
| | 01:45 | So I'll give it a click.
| | 01:46 | Notice it's untitled and we are
ready to start typing in the next recipe.
| | 01:50 | So let's type in Pepper
Marinade and press Return.
| | 01:57 | So that falls under the category.
We got a new sub-page.
| | 01:59 | It's as simple as that, and we
realize we should be more specific with this
| | 02:03 | recipe, so we're going to change
the name to Red Pepper Marinade.
| | 02:07 | All of a sudden it doesn't
fit the category anymore.
| | 02:09 | We need to move it down.
| | 02:10 | Well that's very simple to
rearrange your sub-pages.
| | 02:13 | You just move to the page you want to
change its location from, click, and drag
| | 02:18 | to the location where you want it.
| | 02:20 | In this case we want it right before
Tomato Basil Pasta. When we release,
| | 02:25 | we just moved it to a totally different
section, in this case our Q-Z page.
| | 02:29 | So we have our Red Pepper Marinade in the
right spot, ready to start adding its content.
| | 02:34 | Maybe we decide, well, we don't
really have a recipe for that.
| | 02:37 | So the other option is just to delete it.
| | 02:39 | Now with it selected you could hit
your Delete key or just right-click and
| | 02:43 | Delete appears at the very top.
| | 02:44 | In this case we're deleting a sub-page, so
we will do that by clicking. There we go.
| | 02:49 | And we are taken directly to the next
recipe, in this case our Tomato Basil Pasta.
| | 02:53 | Now another option is to create
a sub-page from an existing page.
| | 02:58 | Let's say, for example, you have the Q-
Z section selected and you went up and
| | 03:03 | you clicked New Page
because you wanted a new sub-page.
| | 03:06 | Notice that an untitled page is created for you.
| | 03:10 | But when you right click the untitled page,
you do have an option to make it a sub-page.
| | 03:14 | In this case it's going to be a sub-
page under the existing page, which is
| | 03:18 | in this case our Q-Z.
| | 03:18 | It's still untitled, but it's now a sub-page.
| | 03:21 | So we could come in here and type in the
name of our sub-page, and then pressing
| | 03:29 | Return or Enter on your keyboard locks
it in, and we can rearrange things just
| | 03:33 | by clicking and dragging
like we did a moment ago.
| | 03:37 | When you click on any of these new
pages or sub-pages you will notice that a
| | 03:41 | brand-new frame is created for
you to start typing in your notes.
| | 03:45 | Logically that is the next step when
creating a notebook here in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Creating a note on a page| 00:01 | Well this maybe the shortest
lesson in this entire title.
| | 00:04 | It's about creating new notes
on pages in an OneNote notebook.
| | 00:08 | Well, automatically we've seen as we
create new pages and new sub-pages in a
| | 00:13 | section, new note frames are created for us.
| | 00:16 | You'll see a flashing cursor inside one
of those frames as soon as you title one
| | 00:20 | of your pages or sub-pages.
| | 00:22 | Such as we have here with our Red
Pepper Marinade, which is part of the Recipes
| | 00:26 | section of our Office notebook.
| | 00:29 | Well, with your cursor flashing, you are
ready to start typing. So let's do that.
| | 00:34 | Type in Ingredients first, and we'll hit
Enter a couple of times, and you can see
| | 00:39 | that the frame is expanding to
accommodate whatever it is we enter here.
| | 00:43 | And you can go to this frame anywhere
on the boarder. You'll see the double
| | 00:46 | arrow up here on the right hand side
here and then down at the bottom, you
| | 00:50 | don't see that double arrow, because it will
expand vertically as we enter more content.
| | 00:55 | Over here on the left-hand side we
have the four-sided arrow for moving this
| | 00:59 | thing around, if we wanted to.
| | 01:00 | You can also do it from the top.
| | 01:02 | You can see it's a way to place the
note exactly where you want it on your page.
| | 01:06 | Now I am just going to go to the right
hand side, you can follow along with me
| | 01:09 | when you see the double arrow just
drag it out to the right a bit, so we have
| | 01:13 | lots of room horizontally for the content.
| | 01:16 | Now, it's time to type in
the rest of this recipe.
| | 01:20 | I happen to have it handy here, and
you can see that nicely this box or frame
| | 01:25 | has opened up to allow me to type
as much as I need into this note.
| | 01:30 | Now that's a brand new note that
was created for us, an empty note as
| | 01:34 | we created the page.
| | 01:35 | If you need to create your own
notes, watch how difficult this is.
| | 01:39 | Click anywhere on the page and
you've just started a brand-new note.
| | 01:43 | You'll see a flashing cursor, but
watch what happens when you start typing.
| | 01:49 | Here is that frame, and it will
expand to accommodate your brand-new note.
| | 01:57 | So that's all there is to creating
notes on pages in an OneNote notebook.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
2. Adding Content to NotesWorking with unfiled notes| 00:01 | If you have been following along, you
know by now that OneNote is all about
| | 00:04 | gathering information, content,
organizing that content, and then perhaps even
| | 00:09 | sharing and collaborating
on that content with others.
| | 00:12 | So we are going to talk about the types
of content that can be added to a notebook.
| | 00:15 | Starting with something
known as an unfiled note.
| | 00:18 | This is a note that you create that's
not attached to any specific notebook.
| | 00:23 | And the quickest and easiest way to create
an unfiled note is to use a keyboard shortcut.
| | 00:28 | Here's a possible scenario.
| | 00:29 | You're in a meeting, you don't even
have OneNote running, maybe you're in a
| | 00:32 | class at university, and you
need to take a note quickly.
| | 00:36 | Instead of launching OneNote, going to
the notebook, the proper section page or
| | 00:40 | subpage, you can quickly add an
unfiled note using this keyboard shortcut.
| | 00:45 | Hold down your Windows key at the bottom-
left corner of your keyboard and while
| | 00:49 | you're holding back down,
type the letter N as a new.
| | 00:52 | Automatically you are creating a new
unfiled note in OneNote, and you're going
| | 00:57 | to see this mini window
up here for you to do that.
| | 01:00 | It's an untitled page, your cursor
is flashing, and you start typing.
| | 01:03 | So, let's just add some content, Q4
revenues expected to double in next quarter.
| | 01:15 | So, there's a quick note.
| | 01:16 | We're able to add it using this unfiled note.
| | 01:19 | But what you may not realize is we've
actually launched OneNote and we're in a
| | 01:23 | specific view for adding these unfiled notes.
| | 01:27 | So if you look at the Quick Access
toolbar, where we have a number of
| | 01:30 | shortcut buttons, the last one by default is
the Full Page View button and it is selected.
| | 01:35 | F11 is the keyboard shortcut to turn that
on and off, or you can click the button.
| | 01:40 | It is a toggle.
| | 01:41 | So, if we click the Full Page View
button, it will turn it off and you see
| | 01:45 | we've actually our full ribbon.
| | 01:47 | We can see parts of the
navigation bar and so on.
| | 01:50 | So, let's maximize this window.
| | 01:53 | Now it fills our entire screen.
| | 01:55 | We got our new unfiled note.
| | 01:57 | The title is the beginning of
the note itself, Q4 revenues here.
| | 02:02 | And you'll also see the notebooks that
were opened when you last used OneNote,
| | 02:06 | just before you shut it down.
| | 02:07 | So, in my case, I had a few notebooks opened
and running, but I'm looking at the unfiled Notes.
| | 02:13 | The keyboard shortcut we used
actually takes us to this Unfiled Notes that
| | 02:16 | appears at the very bottom of your
navigation bar, and a new page or
| | 02:21 | unfiled note was created.
| | 02:23 | We can click anywhere on this page.
| | 02:24 | If we wanted to add additional content
here, we can create more unfiled notes
| | 02:29 | using the same keyboard
shortcut, even with OneNote running.
| | 02:32 | So hold down your Windows function key,
press the letter N simultaneously, and
| | 02:36 | you can see that we've
got an additional new note.
| | 02:38 | Now if we just close this window,
you'll notice a little message pop-up saying
| | 02:43 | that a new side note, which is
an unfiled note, has been created.
| | 02:46 | And you'll see the untitled page does
also appear over here under our page tabs.
| | 02:51 | We can click there to see the empty note.
| | 02:53 | Of course, we can right-click that
to delete it if we don't need it.
| | 02:57 | And on our Q4 revenues note, this
probably belongs in our Office notebook.
| | 03:03 | So, we're going to take this and move it there.
| | 03:06 | Easiest way to do that is just to
cut it and paste it, so let's do that.
| | 03:11 | Click anywhere on the border and
you'll see the entire note is selected.
| | 03:15 | Now, we can use the Cut command.
| | 03:17 | If we wanted to, we go out to the
ribbon here, in the Home tab of the ribbon,
| | 03:20 | click Cut, Ctrl+X is the
keyboard shortcut, you can right-click.
| | 03:25 | And now I'll go to our Revenues
section here of our Office notebook, with
| | 03:29 | the Income Statement.
| | 03:30 | Just right-click anywhere in an
empty spot here and choose Paste.
| | 03:35 | You will have different paste options.
| | 03:36 | If you want to keep the
formatting, Merge Formatting.
| | 03:39 | Let's just go to Keep Text Only and
when we do that, there's an unfiled note or
| | 03:44 | side note, as it used to be called, and
it now appears in the correct section of
| | 03:49 | the correct notebook.
| | 03:50 | We can always go back to our unfiled
notes at any time, and if you prefer to
| | 03:55 | take notes that don't actually belong
to a notebook this is where you'll go to
| | 03:58 | do that, but always remember you've got
that keyboard shortcut to quickly take
| | 04:02 | you to your unfiled notes, if you need
to add something that's not specific to a
| | 04:06 | notebook or you just don't have time to
watch the entire application and go to
| | 04:10 | the appropriate page.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Copying and pasting content| 00:01 | Typing a new note into a OneNote
notebook is just one option for getting
| | 00:04 | content into a notebook.
| | 00:06 | Quite often though, you'll be getting
content from elsewhere, maybe a Word
| | 00:10 | document, from the Web, for example.
| | 00:12 | Existing content can be copied or cut
and pasted into your notebook and there
| | 00:17 | are a number of Paste
options we need to investigate.
| | 00:20 | We're going to start with this document
here in Microsoft Word called Spaghetti,
| | 00:24 | and you can see I've got a spaghetti
recipe and it has it's own formatting.
| | 00:28 | This is something to consider when we take
this and move it into our OneNote notebook.
| | 00:32 | So first, we need to copy it.
| | 00:34 | The quickest way to select everything
in a document in Microsoft Word is to use
| | 00:39 | the keyboard,. Hold down Ctrl and press
the letter A simultaneously as in all.
| | 00:44 | That selects everything and we're
ready to copy that. Ctrl+C is the keyboard
| | 00:48 | shortcut or click the Copy button on
the Home tab of the Ribbon, or you can
| | 00:53 | right-click to select the
text and choose Copy from there.
| | 00:55 | However you get it copied, we're ready
to paste it now in OneNote and that's
| | 00:59 | where we're going next.
| | 01:01 | Now, in our TwoTrees notebook here in
OneNote, we do have a section for Recipes.
| | 01:06 | So, we'll click that section.
| | 01:08 | And you can see we've got a number of
pages as well as sub-pages to help us
| | 01:13 | organize these recipes.
| | 01:15 | And we are kind of growing our
recipe library at this point.
| | 01:17 | Well, the one that we were
going to be adding is Spaghetti.
| | 01:21 | So it belongs in the Q-Z section here.
| | 01:24 | You can see in our page for Q-Z, there's
really nothing on it, but there are subpages.
| | 01:29 | And really, we want it to appear after
our Red Pepper Marinade before Tomato Basil.
| | 01:34 | So, all I've to do is move to the
left, where we see that New Page icon,
| | 01:38 | make sure the black bar appears between Red
Pepper Marinade and Tomato Basil Pasta, and click.
| | 01:43 | And there's our brand-new untitled page.
| | 01:46 | Now, we don't want to a paste the
entire contents of what we just copied
| | 01:49 | into this title area.
| | 01:51 | So, we're just going to click down
below the blank title, we'll leave it blank
| | 01:53 | for now, and this creates a new note
on our page and we're ready to paste.
| | 01:57 | Now, you could simply click the
Paste button and accept the default.
| | 02:02 | And the default is the first option
we see by going down here to the Paste
| | 02:06 | drop-down, and when you click
that you'll see four options.
| | 02:09 | One is to keep the source formatting.
| | 02:11 | So, it's going to look exactly
like it did in our word document.
| | 02:15 | The other option is to merge out
formatting with our current formatting.
| | 02:18 | Sometimes that's a great option if you
want to keep some of the formatting that
| | 02:22 | you already have set up here in OneNote.
| | 02:24 | We don't have anything on this blank page.
| | 02:25 | So it's really not a good option.
| | 02:27 | Next, we have Keep Text only.
| | 02:29 | So, you're going to see no formatting.
| | 02:31 | You're just going to see stripped-down content.
| | 02:33 | It's going to be plain old text
that you can format after the fact.
| | 02:36 | Or if you prefer, you can take the
copied contents and paste them as a picture.
| | 02:40 | In that case, you're going to see a
picture of what was copied, something you
| | 02:44 | won't be able to go into and edit
like would the text here in our recipe.
| | 02:47 | So, that's not a very good option here.
| | 02:49 | Let's just keep the source formatting.
| | 02:51 | We'll choose the first button.
| | 02:53 | When we click, you'll notice that the
entire recipe has been added for us.
| | 02:57 | All of the formatting appears
just as it did in our Word document.
| | 03:01 | We've got a numbered list and
everything and this looks pretty good.
| | 03:05 | The only problem is we've got our
title showing-up in the note and really it
| | 03:08 | belongs up here in the title.
| | 03:10 | Even though, if we look over to our
page tabs, it's smart enough to know that
| | 03:14 | title should be the name of our page,
but we'll see no change over here on
| | 03:18 | right-hand side if we take this title and put
it in the appropriate place. So, let's do that.
| | 03:22 | Just click-and-drag over the title,
Spaghetti with Olive Oil and Garlic, and
| | 03:27 | we're going to cut this.
| | 03:28 | So, Ctrl+X on your keyboard or
click the Cut button to remove it.
| | 03:32 | Now, we'll click inside the
Title area and we'll paste it there.
| | 03:35 | Again, you have the option, clicking
the drop-down, keeping the formatting or
| | 03:39 | not, and all of those four options appear.
| | 03:41 | Let's keep the source
formatting, and there it is.
| | 03:43 | It appears in the Title area where we want it.
| | 03:46 | Notice the name over here in our
page tab is still Spaghetti with Olives.
| | 03:51 | It's kind of getting cut off there but
that's exactly what we want to see on the
| | 03:54 | right-hand side to help us stay
organized, and it's in the right place.
| | 03:58 | And when you scroll down and you
click inside a note area, you can go in
| | 04:02 | here and start making changes if you
need to because it was pasted as text
| | 04:05 | and not the picture option.
| | 04:07 | So, there is just a number of options
to keep in mind when you're copying or
| | 04:10 | cutting and pasting
content here in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Adding screen clippings| 00:01 | One option for gathering content to
be placed in an OneNote notebook is to
| | 00:04 | take a screen clipping.
| | 00:06 | That is to capture all or part of
another screen on your computer.
| | 00:10 | We're going to work with
our TwoTrees notebook here.
| | 00:14 | Let's say for example, we wanted to take
something of the Internet and add it to our notebook.
| | 00:19 | The first step is to go find that information.
| | 00:22 | So in Internet Explorer, if you're
following along with me, we're going to go to
| | 00:25 | the author page for David
Rivers here at lynda.com.
| | 00:28 | We might already have some of this
information in our notebook and we want to
| | 00:32 | get the picture, so a piece
of the screen in this case.
| | 00:35 | Well, we go back to OneNote, and
go to the appropriate location.
| | 00:39 | In this case, we want the AGM
section, Annual General Meeting.
| | 00:44 | We want to go to the Speaker List page.
| | 00:46 | Here we do see we've got some
text information on David Rivers.
| | 00:49 | What we don't have is the image.
| | 00:51 | So we're just going to click anywhere above
that text, where we want to place the image.
| | 00:55 | You'll see a flashing cursor.
| | 00:58 | Now it's time to insert the screen clipping.
| | 01:00 | To do that, we go up to
the Insert tab on the ribbon.
| | 01:03 | You'll see in the Images group
something called the Screen Clipping.
| | 01:08 | Now as you hover over that, you
do see a little bit of information.
| | 01:11 | So you can copy part of the
screen into OneNote as an image.
| | 01:13 | Notice the keyboard shortcut is Windows
and the S. So the Windows function key
| | 01:17 | plus a letter S is the same as
clicking this button. Let's do it.
| | 01:20 | You can see it kind of hides our
OneNote screen and takes us to what was
| | 01:25 | open in the background.
| | 01:26 | In this case, Internet
Explorer with our current page.
| | 01:29 | You can also see this crosshair.
| | 01:32 | Now it's time to click-and-drag
over the content you want to capture.
| | 01:35 | In this case, we're going to go to the
image, click-and-drag across and down
| | 01:39 | until we get all of the image that we
want, and release. So it captures it and
| | 01:45 | it pops it into our flashing cursor
location in our Speaker List page here
| | 01:49 | of our AGM section.
| | 01:51 | You can see it right there
it's kind of its own note.
| | 01:53 | But there is added information.
| | 01:55 | It's not just the image.
You can see that's there.
| | 01:58 | But down below, we've
also got where it came from.
| | 02:00 | So you're going to see the hyperlink
that will take you directly to that spot.
| | 02:04 | You'll also see the date and
time when it was captured.
| | 02:07 | If you wanted to, you can make some
changes like let's size that up a little bit.
| | 02:10 | We don't want it to be too blurry.
| | 02:14 | We'll click anywhere outside
just to see the finished product.
| | 02:17 | In this case, we see the image, plus
we're going to keep all of the info.
| | 02:20 | If you didn't want the info, no
problem, just click inside there.
| | 02:23 | You can take that information out if
you wanted to, click-and-drag, press your
| | 02:27 | Delete key to remove it.
| | 02:28 | Now we've just got the image.
| | 02:29 | It's totally up to you what you
keep from that screen clipping.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Adding pictures| 00:01 | Aside from copying and pasting, or
using a screen clipping to grab content to
| | 00:05 | be inserted into our OneNote notebook, you can
also insert files directly, such as picture files.
| | 00:11 | That's what we're going to do right now.
| | 00:12 | First, let's move to the appropriate section.
| | 00:15 | We'll go to the Revenues tap.
| | 00:18 | Make sure the Cash Flow
Statement page is selected.
| | 00:20 | Here we've already got some content.
| | 00:22 | We've got a piece of what
looks to be an Excel spreadsheet.
| | 00:26 | We've got a link to the actual file here.
| | 00:28 | What we don't see is a graphical representation.
| | 00:30 | Let's say we do have an image that
shows our Cash Flows from Financing.
| | 00:34 | We want to insert it here
next to our spreadsheet.
| | 00:37 | Well, in that case, we make sure the
Insert tab is selected on the ribbon and in
| | 00:42 | the Images group we'll click Picture.
| | 00:45 | Now we can navigate to
the location of our picture.
| | 00:47 | In this case, in the Exercise Files if
you've got them, in the Chap02 folder, in
| | 00:51 | the 02_04 sub-folder.
| | 00:53 | We've got one here, which
is a JPEG called CFChart.
| | 00:56 | This is our cash flow chart.
| | 00:59 | But you'll notice down in the bottom
right corner where it says All Pictures.
| | 01:02 | That's what we're seeing here,
a listing of all of the picture type files.
| | 01:07 | As we hover over this button, you'll
see there is quite an extensive list.
| | 01:10 | You can also click this
button to narrow it down.
| | 01:13 | If you only wanted to see, for example,
the JPEG files, you'd come down to JPEG
| | 01:18 | File Interchange Format, select it,
and that's what you're going to see.
| | 01:22 | Click the drop-down if you
want to see all of the GIF files,
| | 01:25 | Graphics Interchange Format.
| | 01:27 | Well, there aren't any in this case.
| | 01:29 | Let's click this one more time,
and look at the extensive list.
| | 01:32 | There are a lot of different picture
files that can be inserted directly into
| | 01:36 | your notebook, even
WordPerfect and CorelDraw graphics.
| | 01:40 | So we're going to go back here, and make sure
All Pictures are selected. There is our JPEG.
| | 01:45 | We will click once to select it.
The name appears in the File name field.
| | 01:48 | Now it's time to click the
Insert button to insert it.
| | 01:52 | It's going to go to where
the flashing cursor was.
| | 01:55 | So if you hadn't click anywhere
specifically in your notebook page, you might
| | 01:59 | see part of it or you might see
all of the image. That's okay.
| | 02:02 | We can make adjustments.
| | 02:04 | Click the image anywhere to select it.
| | 02:06 | Now you'll see handles in the corners,
and at the midway points on the sides.
| | 02:11 | As you move your mouse pointer over
the edge where you are not on a handle,
| | 02:14 | you'll see the four-sided arrow.
| | 02:16 | So you can click-and-drag to move it.
| | 02:18 | Now you might want to size it as well.
| | 02:21 | So you can go to those handles.
| | 02:22 | I like to go to a diagonal handle,
because then I can adjust the height and the
| | 02:26 | width simultaneously,
while keeping its proportions.
| | 02:30 | If you need to, you can
move it again from the center.
| | 02:33 | You don't have to be right on the
border to see that four-sided arrow.
| | 02:37 | If you need to, use the scroll
bars to get the big picture.
| | 02:40 | Once you've got it sized and placed as
needed, just click anywhere outside the
| | 02:45 | selected graphic to deselect it.
| | 02:46 | You get a good shot of what
that's going to look like.
| | 02:50 | So keep in mind, if you've got images
and you want to add them to your pages in
| | 02:54 | a notebook, just go to the Insert tab
on the ribbon. You have a wide range of
| | 02:59 | picture types to choose from.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Adding audio and video files| 00:01 | Unlike a traditional notebook in the
paper world where you can simply write down
| | 00:05 | your text and maybe even
paste in the odd picture,
| | 00:08 | a OneNote notebook allows you to
insert many other types of files, including
| | 00:12 | audio and video files.
| | 00:13 | That's what we're going to do right now.
| | 00:15 | We're going to switchover to our
Personal notebook and go directly to the
| | 00:18 | Bird Watching section.
| | 00:20 | Here we have a number of
pages for various types of birds.
| | 00:23 | We're going to click the Cardinal page
to go directly to that page where we do
| | 00:27 | see some text and some pictures of the Cardinal.
| | 00:31 | We also have some text over here on
the right such as the title here, Audio.
| | 00:34 | This is a good spot for us to
insert an audio clip of a cardinal.
| | 00:38 | Wouldn't be nice to be able to hear the
songs so we can recognize it in the real world?
| | 00:42 | Little further to the right, we
actually have a cardinal video clip already
| | 00:46 | inserted into this page.
| | 00:47 | But let's start with the audio.
| | 00:49 | We'll just click anywhere
underneath the Audio heading there.
| | 00:51 | This is where we want our audio clip to show up.
| | 00:53 | That's why we're clicking here.
| | 00:55 | To insert it, just like any other file,
we go to the Insert tab on the ribbon
| | 00:59 | and click Attach File.
| | 01:01 | Then we simply navigate to the location of
our Northern Cardinal Call. There it is.
| | 01:05 | It's an MP3 file.
| | 01:07 | Click once to select it and then click Insert.
| | 01:10 | The audio clip is inserted right
where your cursor was flashing.
| | 01:13 | Now this is a little icon.
| | 01:14 | It's an object that you can click and
move around if you want to position it.
| | 01:19 | When you click it to select it, you then,
have the ability to control that audio clip.
| | 01:24 | You may have noticed when we switched to
this page, because there was a video clip
| | 01:27 | here already and now there is an audio clip.
| | 01:29 | Just above the Playback tab here on the
ribbon, you see Audio & Video highlighted.
| | 01:33 | The Playback tab only shows up when it's needed.
| | 01:36 | For this page, it's very useful,
because we do have an audio and a video clip.
| | 01:40 | Click the Playback tab.
| | 01:42 | You'll notice that we've got all
of our control buttons for playback.
| | 01:45 | Play, there is a keyboard shortcut Ctrl+
Alt+P. We've got Pause, Stop, Rewinding,
| | 01:49 | and Fast Forwarding buttons as well.
| | 01:51 | Let's just take a listen to our
Northern Cardinal by clicking the Play button.
| | 01:55 | (Birds chirping.)
| | 02:01 | This is a fairly short clip.
| | 02:03 | We can see in the timecode
here it's only five seconds.
| | 02:07 | The neat thing is when you're
playing back recordings or even if you're
| | 02:10 | recording on the fly, you can
be taking notes as you listen.
| | 02:14 | OneNote does a very good job of remembering
where in the timecode you took those notes.
| | 02:19 | If you want to see where those notes
were taken, the See Playback button allows
| | 02:24 | you to see any linked notes
while the recording is being played.
| | 02:27 | Now in this case, it doesn't apply.
| | 02:30 | Audio & Video Settings are also accessible
here from the Options group on the ribbon.
| | 02:33 | If we give that a click, here is
where you can go to manipulate some of the
| | 02:38 | Audio & Video Settings.
| | 02:40 | For example, when you're playing
linked audio and video files, you can rewind
| | 02:44 | from the start of the paragraph
by the following number of seconds.
| | 02:47 | You can see the default is set to 5,
but you can increase or decrease that
| | 02:50 | number if you needed to.
| | 02:52 | Also, under Audio recording settings,
you can see the Device that's being used.
| | 02:57 | The Input can be controlled from your Master
Volume on your computer. That's a default.
| | 03:02 | Codecs, Formats as well.
| | 03:04 | Notice that my Format here is mono.
| | 03:07 | Click the drop-down. You can choose from
other options that are available on your computer.
| | 03:10 | You may even see some stereo
options, depending on your settings.
| | 03:14 | Video recording settings
are also sometimes available.
| | 03:17 | Then down at the bottom this is a cool.
| | 03:19 | We're going to talk about later on. Audio Search.
| | 03:21 | This enables you to search audio and
video recordings for specific words.
| | 03:25 | So when you're searching for a word,
it might appear in the audio or video clip.
| | 03:30 | It will be found there. OneNote will tell you
exactly where and at what time it shows up.
| | 03:34 | I'll just click Cancel here.
| | 03:36 | We'll leave the Settings as a default.
| | 03:38 | Take a look at the video now.
| | 03:39 | We'll just click that
video icon for the Cardinal.
| | 03:42 | Something else happens
when you click these items.
| | 03:45 | You may see it start to
appear just to the top right.
| | 03:48 | These are the control buttons.
| | 03:50 | So if we click the Cardinal video,
and just move up and over to the right,
| | 03:53 | you'll see your Play button, Pause, Stop,
Rewind and Fast Forward buttons as well.
| | 03:58 | So you can access them from here.
| | 03:59 | You don't have to go to the Playback tab
on the ribbon. Just click Play from here.
| | 04:04 | You'll see your video.
| | 04:05 | Ctrl+Alt+P still is the default.
| | 04:07 | Now it does open up in its own window.
| | 04:11 | So you click the Close button to close that up.
| | 04:14 | You may not be seeing the video
unless you're doing it on your own computer.
| | 04:18 | You might not see it in our recording
here, because we're actually recording
| | 04:22 | while we're playing back.
| | 04:23 | But that's how it works.
| | 04:25 | If you want to insert your
own video, it's very simple.
| | 04:27 | Just like inserting the audio clip.
| | 04:29 | Let's go to the Pileated Woodpecker page.
| | 04:32 | Here we have a spot for video
for the Pileated Woodpecker.
| | 04:35 | You can click right underneath that.
| | 04:37 | That's where we want the video to go.
| | 04:39 | Again, Insert > Attach File.
| | 04:42 | In the same folder, we've got our Pileated.
| | 04:44 | Notice this is a Windows Media Video file.
| | 04:46 | So we'll select it and click Insert.
| | 04:48 | You can put in other types of video as
well if you've got them. MPEGs for example.
| | 04:54 | There is our Pileated icon
for our Pileated Woodpecker.
| | 04:59 | Another option if you want to
just go right into playing is just
| | 05:01 | double-click the icon.
| | 05:02 | This opens up the window.
| | 05:04 | If you want to, you can use
your control buttons to Pause.
| | 05:09 | You may not be seeing this, but
you will on your own computers.
| | 05:12 | Stop when you're done.
| | 05:13 | It closes up the window.
| | 05:15 | You can also close the
window yourself, if you need.
| | 05:17 | So that's all there is to adding audio
and video clips to your page is here in
| | 05:22 | a OneNote notebook.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Recording audio and video| 00:01 | One very cool feature here in OneNote
2010 allows you to record audio or video
| | 00:05 | files on the fly, while you're
taking notes in your notebook.
| | 00:09 | The audio or video clip
will be stored on the page.
| | 00:12 | Any notes that you take will be time
coded to a spot in the audio or video clip
| | 00:17 | so you can quickly go back and research.
| | 00:20 | Let's explore this now
using our TwoTrees notebook.
| | 00:22 | We'll go directly to the Budgets section.
| | 00:25 | Let's say you're going to be seating in
on a budget speech and you want to take
| | 00:28 | some notes and record
the speech simultaneously.
| | 00:31 | Well, first we'll go over here to
the right-hand side and click New Page
| | 00:34 | to create a new page.
| | 00:36 | We'll title it our Budget Speech.
| | 00:39 | Down below, it's where we
want the recording to go.
| | 00:42 | So we'll be taking notes while we record.
| | 00:45 | I'll just create a little
space here for the note.
| | 00:48 | We'll go up to the Insert tab on the ribbon.
| | 00:51 | Instead of actually attaching an audio
or a video file, you'll notice there is a
| | 00:54 | Recording group here for
recording audio or recording video.
| | 00:59 | When we record audio, it's instantaneous.
| | 01:02 | When you click this button, you start recording.
| | 01:04 | So of course, you're going to have
to have either a mike built into your
| | 01:07 | computer, or plugged into your
computer to follow along with me.
| | 01:11 | I'm going to be giving the speech
while I take some notes. So here we go.
| | 01:16 | Let's click the Record Audio button.
| | 01:18 | Ladies and gentlemen, today I present
Budget 2010, the next step forward on the
| | 01:22 | road to renewed prosperity for
the Two Trees Olive Oil Company.
| | 01:26 | As our CEO, Karen Corey has
already announced in her speech from San
| | 01:31 | Francisco three weeks ago.
| | 01:37 | This new budget builds on our Q4
momentum and sets the foundation for
| | 01:41 | the company we want.
| | 01:42 | Not just 5 or 10 years out,
but for generations that follow.
| | 01:47 | We've come through an unprecedented
global economic downturn and although it
| | 01:51 | will take time, we are on a
way to recovery. All right.
| | 01:55 | So we click the Stop button when
we want to stop recording the audio.
| | 02:00 | You'll notice that we now have a
Windows Media file here, an audio file.
| | 02:06 | We also have our notes.
| | 02:07 | Something happens inside this
note when we hover over these things.
| | 02:10 | When we hover over the icon, first of all,
we do see some information about that audio file.
| | 02:16 | It's called Budget Speech.
| | 02:17 | That's from our title on the page.
| | 02:19 | You can see when it was Last Modified,
the Size, and over here on the left-hand
| | 02:23 | side a little Play button.
| | 02:24 | We can go here to playback
the audio file. Let's do that.
| | 02:28 | (Recording: Ladies and gentlemen, today I
present budget 2010, the next step forward on the
| | 02:33 | road to renewed prosperity for
the Two Trees Olive Oil Company.)
| | 02:36 | All right, so we'll just click Stop.
| | 02:38 | So you can always go there
to playback the audio file.
| | 02:41 | You can also use your
control buttons on the ribbon.
| | 02:43 | But as we move a little further down
next to our notes, you'll notice that each
| | 02:47 | line has its own Play button.
| | 02:49 | That will allow us to play a certain
portion of the audio file beginning
| | 02:54 | where we took the note.
| | 02:55 | So if we go down to Long
term plan and click Play there.
| | 02:58 | (Recording: Not just five or 10 years out,
but for generations that follow.)
| | 03:02 | So you can see there that it actually
started playing the audio clip from the
| | 03:09 | point, actually a little bit before,
where we started typing in our notes.
| | 03:13 | That's thanks to the Audio & Video
Settings that appear on the ribbon here
| | 03:16 | in the Options group.
| | 03:17 | We'll give that a button a click.
| | 03:19 | You'll see right at the top, When
playing linked audio and video, rewind from
| | 03:22 | the start of the paragraph by
the following number of seconds.
| | 03:25 | So, when we click that little Play button.
| | 03:26 | We're actually started playing the audio clip
| | 03:28 | 5 seconds before we started typing that
note. It's time coded and it remembers.
| | 03:33 | This is fully adjustable of course.
| | 03:35 | Just click Cancel there.
| | 03:37 | Now the same thing applies to video.
| | 03:40 | If you have let's say a camera built
into your laptop or notebook computer, or
| | 03:45 | you've got your own video camera
plugged right in and focused in on the person
| | 03:48 | giving the speech, you can
be recording the video clip.
| | 03:52 | Notice here from our Playback tab,
we also have access to Audio and Video.
| | 03:56 | When you record video, it automatically
starts recording what the camera sees.
| | 04:00 | And any notes that you take will be
time coded to the spot in that video clip
| | 04:04 | where you took them.
| | 04:05 | It works very similar to the audio,
except that you can see what it is
| | 04:09 | you're listening to.
| | 04:10 | So this is a very cool
feature, very handy feature.
| | 04:14 | If you're accustomed to sitting in
meetings or maybe lectures where you need to
| | 04:18 | take notes, you can also be recording
what you're hearing, even what you're
| | 04:22 | seeing with audio and video.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Adding files| 00:00 | These days, the information you need
is often scattered about in different
| | 00:04 | documents, maybe it's in an email or on the Web.
| | 00:07 | The nice thing about a OneNote notebook
is you can centralize that information
| | 00:11 | by gathering it and inserting
it directly into the notebook.
| | 00:14 | That includes actual files,
text files, for example.
| | 00:18 | Let's do that using our TwoTrees
notebook, but we'll go to the Recipes section,
| | 00:23 | and let's say we want to add a new
recipe here for Salmon Steaks with Lemon.
| | 00:27 | I'm going to go in the Q-Z group of pages
here, right below our Red Pepper Marinade.
| | 00:33 | So, to add a new page here, we just
want to make sure that the little page icon
| | 00:38 | and the black bar appears under Red
Pepper Marinade, before we click it.
| | 00:43 | This adds a new untitled page, but
we can start typing Salmon Steak with
| | 00:48 | Lemon, just like that.
| | 00:50 | Now, down below is where we want that
recipe to go, but let's say we've already
| | 00:54 | got it in a document.
| | 00:56 | Well, in that case, we go to the Insert
tab on the Ribbon here and attach the file.
| | 01:01 | We'll click Attach File and navigate
to the 02_07 subfolder here where we do
| | 01:06 | find our LemonSalmon.txt file.
| | 01:09 | So, it is a text file.
| | 01:11 | With it selected, click Insert and
you'll see an icon for the LemonSalmon.
| | 01:14 | Now, if at any time we need to access
that recipe, we just simply double-click
| | 01:20 | and it opens it up in its native application.
| | 01:22 | In this case, it's Notepad,
because we're working with a text file.
| | 01:25 | Of course, if we needed to, we could
copy and paste any of this information
| | 01:30 | if we wanted it right on the page, or
just simply access it the way we just
| | 01:34 | did, closing up the Notepad when
we're done viewing the recipe, and we'll
| | 01:39 | always have access to it here as an
inserted file, right on the page here in our notebook.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Adding math equations to notes| 00:01 | If you need to write mathematical
equations in any of your notebooks in
| | 00:04 | OneNote 2010, you'll be happy to know
there's an equation editor built right
| | 00:08 | in to give you a helping hand.
| | 00:10 | We're going to take a look at it right now,
but we're going to start with this text file.
| | 00:13 | We're just going to click-and-drag
across the entire bit of text in this Notepad
| | 00:18 | document, and copy it, Ctrl+C, or you
could go to the Edit menu and choose Copy
| | 00:23 | from there, right-click and choose
Copy, however you like to copy content.
| | 00:27 | Once you've got a copy, we'll
switch over to OneNote and we'll make sure in the
| | 00:31 | TwoTrees notebook we've
got the Budgets tab selected.
| | 00:35 | Over on the right-hand side, we're
going to click right on 10/11 Budget tab.
| | 00:39 | That selects the page so we can add a
subpage by clicking the drop-down, New
| | 00:43 | Subpage, and now we're
ready to paste our content.
| | 00:46 | First let's type in the
title, Compound Interest.
| | 00:50 | Down below we'll just click once,
and Ctrl+V is your keyboard shortcut for
| | 00:54 | pasting, and now we're ready to add
the equation just off here to the right.
| | 00:59 | So, when you click to the right,
you'll see your flashing cursor and you're
| | 01:02 | ready to start entering your equation.
| | 01:03 | Now, if you only have the regular
keyboard, you'd be missing out on a lot of
| | 01:06 | symbols and structures and so on.
| | 01:08 | So, when you go to the Insert tab on
the Ribbon, you'll notice in the Symbols
| | 01:12 | group here, we've got
something for creating equations.
| | 01:15 | Now, there is a button right at the top,
which will insert a blank equation,
| | 01:20 | when you're ready to start typing
and using some of the tools.
| | 01:22 | If you want a head-start though, you
can go to the drop-down, click there,
| | 01:26 | and you'll see a whole bunch of
predefined equations that will give you a
| | 01:31 | nice little head-start.
| | 01:32 | For example, as we scroll down, if you
wanted to add a quadratic formula, you've
| | 01:37 | got a sample right here.
| | 01:38 | Click once and it's inserted right
there where your cursor was flashing and
| | 01:42 | you're ready to start manipulating
this, making changes as necessary.
| | 01:45 | Notice on the Ribbon, the Equation
tools are highlighted on the Design tab.
| | 01:49 | So, you've got a number of options.
You can go back to that drop-down for
| | 01:52 | equations if you wanted to change it up,
or if you prefer, start working with
| | 01:57 | some of the symbols that are available
to you, and if you expand this you'll
| | 02:01 | notice there's quite an extensive
list. Or you could go over here to the
| | 02:04 | Structures area and you can see we've
got Fractions and Scripts and we've got
| | 02:08 | Operators over here and Matrices.
| | 02:10 | So, lots of different options for
creating very complex mathematical
| | 02:14 | equations if you need to.
| | 02:15 | But we're just going to click on the
border here with the four-sided arrow.
| | 02:19 | Press Delete to delete that.
| | 02:21 | We'll click again in an empty space off
to the right here and we'll try another
| | 02:25 | method for creating an equation.
| | 02:27 | We'll go to the Insert tab again, but
this time we'll click directly on the
| | 02:30 | button itself, not the drop-down.
| | 02:32 | It's the Pi symbol.
| | 02:33 | When we click, you can see it
just says "Type equation here."
| | 02:37 | Again, we've got all of our tools, so
you can start from scratch here, inserting
| | 02:41 | different structures and accessing the symbols.
| | 02:44 | Another cool option is to use Ink. So
if you're on a tablet PC, for example, or
| | 02:50 | if you've got a tablet attached to
your computer, you can do an Ink Equation.
| | 02:54 | When we click here, it opens up our
Insert Ink Equation dialog box and we're
| | 02:58 | ready to start writing.
| | 03:00 | So, in this case, if you've got a
tablet, you're ready to start going.
| | 03:03 | So, let's write a couple of things here.
| | 03:04 | I'll do a capital P. Now, it may not
look perfect to begin, but it's pretty
| | 03:10 | smart at figuring out what these codes
are supposed to be, what these symbols are.
| | 03:16 | You can see it's starting to take
shape here. Let's do a round bracket and
| | 03:20 | we'll do the number 1, plus R divided
by N, and there is our round bracket.
| | 03:30 | Then we'll do an N and a T up here.
| | 03:35 | You can see it's getting close, so we
might have to come down here and erase
| | 03:39 | some things if we want it very
neat, just click to erase it.
| | 03:41 | Then go back to the Writing tool and try
to fix that up with an N. Looking better.
| | 03:49 | Once it looks the way you want it,
just go down to the Insert button, click
| | 03:52 | there, and it's inserted for you, so
you're able to actually write the equation
| | 03:56 | using a tablet and the Ink
technology that's built into OneNote here.
| | 04:01 | So, if you do need to create equations
in OneNote and you need those complex
| | 04:07 | symbols and structures, they're all at
your fingertips, thanks to the equation
| | 04:11 | editor here in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Sending to OneNote| 00:01 | One excellent way for gathering
content for a OneNote notebook is to send it
| | 00:05 | directly from its destination source.
| | 00:07 | In other words, if you've got a Word
document, you can take the content from
| | 00:11 | that document and send it directly to OneNote.
| | 00:13 | Same thing, if you're
browsing the Internet, for example.
| | 00:16 | Let's look at these two scenarios
using our TwoTrees notebook with the
| | 00:19 | Recipes section selected.
| | 00:20 | We're going to go just past the
last recipe in the A-D section here.
| | 00:25 | When we see the New Page icon and the
black bar below the last recipe beginning
| | 00:30 | with C, we're going to
click it to create a new page.
| | 00:33 | Let's say we have a Caesar Salad
recipe that we want to send to this page.
| | 00:37 | So, we're setting up the page ahead of time.
| | 00:41 | This is important because of something
called Quick Filing that allows you to
| | 00:44 | choose where you're
going to send the content to.
| | 00:47 | We actually want it to go
down here below our title.
| | 00:51 | Now let's go to Microsoft Word, and if
you've got the Exercise Files, this is the file.
| | 00:55 | It's called CaesarSalad.
| | 00:57 | And instead of highlighting everything,
selecting it and copying and pasting,
| | 01:01 | we can send it directly to OneNote by
going through the process of printing.
| | 01:05 | So, we'll go to Backstage View by
clicking the File tab, click Print, and for
| | 01:10 | the printer, you'll want to change from
your default printer to the driver for
| | 01:14 | Send To OneNote 2010.
| | 01:16 | This is installed automatically with
the Office suite, so it's a selection.
| | 01:20 | Once it appears as your
printer, click the Print button.
| | 01:23 | It's actually sent to OneNote.
| | 01:25 | But OneNote's flashing away down here,
because something needs to be done at the other end.
| | 01:30 | So, I'll switch back to OneNote, and
you'll see this dialog box open up.
| | 01:34 | This is the Quick Filing feature
that's new to OneNote 2010 allowing you to
| | 01:37 | select the location where you
want to send that content to.
| | 01:41 | So, you don't have to go to your
Unfiled Notes and then later on manipulate
| | 01:45 | that content to the appropriate location.
| | 01:47 | In this case, we've already got
the page set up under Recent Picks.
| | 01:51 | Because it's a new page, you'll
probably find Caesar Salad there.
| | 01:54 | If you don't see it, no problem, just
go down to All Notebooks here, click the
| | 01:58 | Expand button next to Recipes, and
in the A-D section you'll see your new
| | 02:02 | page for Caesar Salad.
| | 02:04 | Either way, as long as it's selected,
when you click OK that entire content is
| | 02:09 | sent directly to the appropriate page.
| | 02:11 | Now we've got our Caesar
Salad here in our notebook.
| | 02:14 | How about doing it from web
browser like Internet Explorer?
| | 02:16 | Well, in this case, I highly recommend
creating the page ahead of time, if you
| | 02:21 | don't already have it.
| | 02:22 | In this case, we're going to put one in here
after our Veggie Lasagna, the very last recipe.
| | 02:27 | We'll click the New Page icon with the
black bar showing up under Veggie Lasagna.
| | 02:31 | We'll just type in Ziti like so,
and this is where we want that to go.
| | 02:34 | We'll flip over to your Web browser.
| | 02:37 | In this case, I'm using Internet Explorer.
| | 02:38 | I've gone to a site called
FreeCookingRecipes.net with the Pasta category selected.
| | 02:46 | I can see right here there's
one With Fresh Tomato-Olive Sauce.
| | 02:49 | So, Ziti With Fresh Tomato,
I'm going to click that recipe.
| | 02:53 | I really don't want everything I see on
the page here. All I want is the recipe.
| | 02:57 | So, I'm going to select it in this
case. Just click-and-drag from the first
| | 03:01 | ingredient to the very end of the instructions.
| | 03:05 | If you right-click selected text in
your browser, you might see Send to
| | 03:08 | OneNote right there.
| | 03:10 | That's an option, or you can go right
through the print process by clicking the
| | 03:14 | File menu, selecting Print, or
Ctrl+P is the keyboard shortcut.
| | 03:18 | In this case again, you'll want to
make sure that you select Send To OneNote
| | 03:22 | 2010, where it says Select Printer, and
make sure that it's just the selection
| | 03:27 | you're sending. You don't need
the entire page or range of pages.
| | 03:31 | With that selected, you can click
Print, which will send it to OneNote.
| | 03:35 | Again, OneNote's busy down here
doing something. We'll flip over.
| | 03:39 | There's our Quick Filing
dialog box for selecting a location.
| | 03:42 | In this case, we want to send it to
that new Ziti page. So it might be a Recent
| | 03:47 | Pick because we just created it.
| | 03:48 | It's the current page as well.
| | 03:50 | When you click OK, that
content then shows up right there.
| | 03:54 | You can see it on the appropriate page.
| | 03:57 | Now, coming from a Web browser, there
might be some fixing up to do, but when
| | 04:01 | you double-click you'll notice that you
can't really get in there. It's an object.
| | 04:05 | So, you can make that text searchable,
but it's still an object, so you can't
| | 04:09 | get in there and start
cleaning things up unfortunately.
| | 04:12 | You've got the object, but it
was a quick way to get it from your
| | 04:15 | Web site directly to OneNote,
because of Quick Filing and the Send To
| | 04:19 | OneNote 2010 option.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
3. Formatting NotesFormatting text| 00:00 | Well, it's one thing to get content
into a notebook here in OneNote 2010.
| | 00:04 | It's another thing to make it look good.
| | 00:07 | So, we're going to focus now on formatting text.
| | 00:10 | We're going to start with our Office1
notebook, and you can see I'm in the
| | 00:13 | Recipes section here with the Red
Pepper Marinade recipe selected in my page
| | 00:19 | tabs on the right-hand side.
| | 00:21 | Here we have some very plain text
and we're going to start with the title.
| | 00:24 | When we click up here at the top in the title,
we can actually see some of the settings.
| | 00:30 | For example, if we look up here on the
Ribbon under Basic Text, you can see the
| | 00:35 | font that's being used, you can see the
size, and if any of these attributes had
| | 00:40 | been applied, they would appear selected.
| | 00:42 | So, let's play around a
little bit with this title.
| | 00:45 | First, we'll select the entire title
by clicking-and-dragging across the top.
| | 00:49 | Now, with the entire title selected,
we can go in here and do things like
| | 00:53 | change up the font.
| | 00:54 | If you want to choose something that
stands out a little more, such as Arial
| | 00:58 | Black, for example, you can see
that that's a much thicker font.
| | 01:02 | It really stands out.
| | 01:04 | If we click anywhere on the blank
page, we can really see the effect.
| | 01:06 | Well, let's go back in here and
make some additional adjustments.
| | 01:10 | Click-and-drag over that title
and let's go to change the color now.
| | 01:15 | In the same group on the Ribbon, we can
change the font color by clicking the drop-down.
| | 01:19 | You can see Automatic.
| | 01:21 | It's black, but if we want to change
it to a nice dark blue, for example, we
| | 01:25 | could go down in the blue column here,
choose Dark Blue, and then deselect by
| | 01:30 | clicking anywhere on the page, so
you can see the actual effect here.
| | 01:34 | So, that looks pretty good.
| | 01:35 | Let's experiment a little bit more now.
| | 01:37 | We'll go down here inside the recipe itself and
just double-click Ingredients. That selects it.
| | 01:43 | Now we could go back up to the Ribbon,
but when you select something like we have,
| | 01:47 | you start to see the beginnings
of this mini toolbar, and as you move up and
| | 01:53 | over to the right with your mouse,
the toolbar becomes accessible.
| | 01:57 | Notice we can see things like the
Font, the Font Size, and there is
| | 02:00 | those attributes as well.
| | 02:02 | We can change to Quick Styles.
| | 02:03 | We'll be talking about that in the next lesson.
| | 02:06 | All kinds of formatting and we've
also got some other options for applying
| | 02:10 | flags and tags and so on.
| | 02:12 | But let's just make a simple change here.
We're going to bold this and underline it.
| | 02:17 | We can do it all from this mini toolbar.
| | 02:19 | We'll click anywhere in the recipe to
deselect that selected text to see the end
| | 02:24 | result a little clearer.
| | 02:26 | Let's try that again over here on the
right-hand side with Best Served with.
| | 02:29 | Even though we haven't added that
information, this little title, we could do
| | 02:33 | the exact same thing. Bold, underline,
deselect, and that looks pretty good.
| | 02:37 | So, that's some simple formatting.
| | 02:40 | Let's get into the recipe again down
below where we have the instructions for
| | 02:45 | combining all ingredients, etcetera.
| | 02:47 | We're going to click-and-drag over
each of those lines, so we get the entire
| | 02:51 | group of instructions selected.
| | 02:53 | We're going to try something different now.
| | 02:56 | Let's go up to the styles.
| | 02:58 | Now we do have a Styles group here.
| | 03:00 | We click this little drop-down
button to see all of the various styles.
| | 03:04 | You can see we've got number of
Headings. There's one for Page Title,
| | 03:07 | Citations, Quotes, Codes.
| | 03:09 | Normal is probably what's been selected.
| | 03:12 | You can see as we hover over, these
are keyboard shortcuts, like Ctrl+Shift+N
| | 03:16 | to go back to Normal.
| | 03:17 | Let's go up to the Citation and we'll
select that one with a click, and you can
| | 03:21 | see the end result on our
selected text down below.
| | 03:25 | The only thing I don't like about this,
I like the effect, but I don't want the size,
[00:03:289.15]
so we can go right back up to
the Ribbon and change the Font Size.
| | 03:32 | Let's bring it back up to 11 with a click.
| | 03:35 | We'll deselect by clicking outside.
| | 03:37 | There, that adds a little pizzazz to our recipe.
| | 03:40 | So, those are just some of the
simple formatting commands when it comes
| | 03:43 | to working with text.
| | 03:45 | In the next lesson, we'll get a
little bit deeper into those styles.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Using styles from the quick gallery| 00:00 | Formatting text in OneNote notebook can
really add some pizzazz to your notes, so
| | 00:05 | information stands out and looks appealing.
| | 00:08 | But there are some shortcuts as well,
and in this lesson we're going to talk
| | 00:11 | about using Quick Styles.
| | 00:13 | We're still working with our Office1
notebook and we're in the Recipes section
| | 00:17 | here, looking at a recipe
for Red Pepper Marinade.
| | 00:20 | We applied some formatting on our own.
| | 00:22 | This time though, we're going to use styles.
| | 00:25 | It is a little bit quicker.
| | 00:26 | We're going to start with the title.
| | 00:27 | We'll just click-and-drag across the
top and we know we can go to the Ribbon
| | 00:31 | with the Home tab selected, in the
Styles group here, click that drop-down, and
| | 00:35 | you'll see a number of different options.
| | 00:37 | Now, Page Title is currently
selected even though we've applied our
| | 00:40 | own formatting to it.
| | 00:41 | Let's try another one, such as Heading 1.
| | 00:43 | When we select that, you can see how it changes.
| | 00:48 | Styles are a great way to
add consistency to your notes.
| | 00:52 | So, if we have many pages, like we have
many recipes here, we can make them all
| | 00:56 | kind of consistent and looking the same,
but all looking interesting at the same time.
| | 01:02 | So, let's go down to another Recipe
here. We'll go to the Salmon Steak with
| | 01:07 | Lemon and all we have here is an
attached note, but let's go back up to this
| | 01:11 | title here. We'll just click-and-drag across it.
| | 01:14 | This time though we're going to access
Quick Styles by going to the mini toolbar.
| | 01:18 | So, when we've got text that's been
selected, we can move our mouse just up and to
| | 01:23 | the right, and you can see that
mini toolbar starts to appear.
| | 01:26 | Then we've got our font case as well as
the font size. The next button over is
| | 01:31 | the Quick Styles button.
| | 01:32 | So, you can click the drop-down
and see those same Style options.
| | 01:36 | For example, we want this to be
Heading 1, we select it, that's been applied.
| | 01:40 | Deselect by clicking anywhere
outside, and we've got that consistency.
| | 01:44 | Let's try one more time by going to
Spaghetti with Olive Oil and Garlic.
| | 01:48 | This one's been formatted.
| | 01:49 | So, we'll click-and-drag across there,
and however you like to do it. You can
| | 01:53 | use the mini toolbar, or go to the
Styles group, and click Heading 1.
| | 01:57 | Now we're creating that
consistent look and feel.
| | 02:02 | So, even though each of these styles
has many formatting options being applied,
| | 02:08 | they're applied all with one click of a
button, thanks to our Quick Styles now
| | 02:11 | available in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Using bullets and numbering| 00:00 | When working with text in OneNote, you
may need to put items in a list. Maybe
| | 00:05 | they are points that would look better if
they are bulleted, or maybe their steps
| | 00:09 | that need to be numbered.
| | 00:11 | Instead of doing this manually, you
can take advantage of list functionality
| | 00:15 | built-in to OneNote 2010 to have those
bullets or those numbers appear in the
| | 00:20 | right order, no matter
what you do with the list.
| | 00:22 | Let's take a look at both of those options.
| | 00:25 | Still using our Office1 notebook in
the Recipes section here, looking at the
| | 00:29 | Spaghetti with Olive Oil and Garlic recipe.
| | 00:32 | As we scroll down towards the bottom of
this page, we see the steps involved in
| | 00:36 | creating this recipe and they are numbered.
| | 00:39 | When we click anywhere in this list,
go ahead and do that, you'll notice
| | 00:43 | something happen on the Ribbon in the
basic text group here of the Home tab.
| | 00:47 | The Numbered List button appears highlighted.
| | 00:50 | Here's where we can go to change
up the list or apply the formatting.
| | 00:55 | So the first thing we're going to do is make
sure that it's the entire list that is affected.
| | 00:59 | Right now, because our cursor is flashing in a
single line, only that line would be affected.
| | 01:04 | So let's start by clicking and dragging.
| | 01:06 | I like to go from the very bottom right-hand
side, click, and drag up to select every line.
| | 01:11 | Notice that the numbers don't get selected.
| | 01:13 | They're applied automatically by OneNote.
| | 01:15 | Now, if we didn't want this to be a
list, we simply go up to the button and click.
| | 01:20 | Numbering is then turned off.
Click again, and it's turned back on.
| | 01:26 | But using the default format, which
actually looks a little bit better with this list.
| | 01:30 | So if you bring in a list from
somewhere else, you might want to change up the
| | 01:34 | formatting with this simple option.
| | 01:36 | Click once to turn it off, click again
to turn on the default, or if you want to
| | 01:40 | try something different, click the drop-
down and you'll see number of different
| | 01:43 | items. Maybe you want them
to be letters in lowercase.
| | 01:46 | You can select that and you can see
how it's changed automatically for you.
| | 01:50 | Click the drop-down again,
and try something different.
| | 01:53 | Maybe Roman Numerals is what
you like with Round Brackets.
| | 01:58 | So there's a different way of showing that
list, but at the same time keeping the order.
| | 02:04 | Now, watch what happens if we take out a step.
| | 02:06 | Maybe we don't want the Fried Garlic in there.
| | 02:08 | So we'll simply click-and-drag across
that entire line and press the Delete key.
| | 02:14 | As soon as we delete it, notice that the
previous item number 6 becomes number 5.
| | 02:19 | The numbering always stays in order for
you and that's the advantage of using
| | 02:24 | this functionality over numbering it yourself.
| | 02:27 | As soon as you start to add lines or
remove them, you'll need to renumber
| | 02:30 | manually if you don't use this functionality.
| | 02:33 | Let's try another one.
| | 02:35 | Let's try going to a different
recipe here such as our Veggie Lasagna.
| | 02:40 | In this case, you can see the
ingredients are listed here and it looks like
| | 02:43 | we've got bullets next to them.
| | 02:45 | And if you click anywhere inside that
list, you'll see indeed if we go to
| | 02:49 | the basic text group on the Ribbon, it's the
Bullet button that appears to be highlighted.
| | 02:54 | So again, we're going to select the entire list.
| | 02:57 | If you want to turn that off, just click
the Bullets button. The bullets are gone.
| | 03:01 | Click it again and the
defaults will be applied.
| | 03:04 | In this case, it looks a little bit neater.
| | 03:07 | But if you want to change it up, click
the drop-down, and you will have many
| | 03:11 | different bullets to choose
from in the Bullet Library.
| | 03:14 | So as you move down through
these, you can try them out.
| | 03:17 | Let's go with some arrows maybe.
| | 03:20 | You can see that looks pretty
good. Try something different.
| | 03:23 | The other option is just to choose None.
| | 03:28 | So you can toggle on and off or
simply choose None and they're removed.
| | 03:33 | So go back and choose a bullet that
you like and then deselect by clicking
| | 03:39 | anywhere outside the list, and you'll
see the full effect of what you've done.
| | 03:43 | So when it comes to lists, if you want
to add some interest, if the items don't
| | 03:47 | need to be in any specific
order, a bulleted list is nice.
| | 03:50 | If there are steps in a list where
you want numbering, no point in numbering
| | 03:54 | those items yourself manually because
as soon as you need to add or remove
| | 03:58 | items, you'll have to renumber manually.
| | 04:01 | Use the bumbling functionality built
in to OneNote 2010, and you'll save
| | 04:06 | yourself some hassles.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Checking spelling| 00:00 | Anytime you use a program that involves
working with large amounts of text like
| | 00:05 | OneNote 2010, it's important
that text be spelled correctly.
| | 00:09 | So we're going to look at the
Spellchecking feature that's built into OneNote now.
| | 00:13 | We're still using our Office1 notebook
but we're going to move to another recipe.
| | 00:17 | In the Recipes section, we'll go to the
very top where we see our Anchovy Sauce.
| | 00:22 | The first thing you're going to notice
is a feature that's turned on by default
| | 00:26 | that will check spelling as you go.
| | 00:29 | So whenever you see a word with this
red squiggly line under it, it means
| | 00:33 | there's an error of some type.
| | 00:35 | So if we move to the word Anchovy in
the title and click once, we get our
| | 00:40 | flashing cursor inside.
| | 00:42 | Now, quickly you can simply right-
click and this will pop open a menu where
| | 00:47 | you'll see right at the top
the correct spelling of Anchovy.
| | 00:51 | So the quickest thing would
be to simply select it here.
| | 00:54 | It automatically replaces the
incorrect spelling with the correct one.
| | 00:58 | But just before we do that, notice
that there are some other options here.
| | 01:01 | You can choose to ignore that and that
will eliminate that red squiggly line,
| | 01:06 | and leave the word spelled as it is.
| | 01:08 | In this case incorrectly.
| | 01:09 | The other option is to add to the
dictionary and we don't want to do that
| | 01:13 | because if we ever spell it
incorrectly again, it won't appear as an error.
| | 01:17 | You can also go to the full
spelling functionality by clicking Spelling
| | 01:21 | down here on this menu.
| | 01:22 | But because we want to fix this quickly,
we'll simply select Anchovy at the top.
| | 01:27 | It replaces the incorrect spelling
with the correct one, and see we have a
| | 01:31 | similar error appearing
down below in our instructions.
| | 01:34 | Now, in this case, let's just run the
Spell Checker, and we can do that from the
| | 01:38 | Ribbon by clicking the Review tab, and
you'll see Spelling appears here in the
| | 01:42 | Spelling group. F7 or Function key
7 on your keyboard is the shortcut.
| | 01:48 | Let's click Spelling.
| | 01:49 | Right away, it jumps to that word with
the red squiggly line and you'll see that
| | 01:53 | a pane is opened up over on the
right-hand side, the Spelling pane.
| | 01:56 | Down below, you can see salads.
| | 01:58 | That's the current spelling,
and the suggestions down below.
| | 02:02 | So salads with one L and we have some
other options here that are not really
| | 02:07 | what we're looking for.
| | 02:08 | So the most likely change would be to
simply leave salads selected here in the
| | 02:13 | Suggestions and choose Change.
| | 02:15 | Now, when we do that, we'll be
changing to the highlighted or selected
| | 02:19 | suggestion and right away, the Spell
Checking says it's completed. You can click OK.
| | 02:25 | So you'll notice that it's actually
only checking the page that we're on.
| | 02:29 | If we go to the next recipe, Baba
Ghanoush, you can see we have some
| | 02:33 | similar errors here.
| | 02:35 | Let's go to that title, Baba
Ghanoush, and just right-click on Ghanoush.
| | 02:40 | Now, you can see the suggestion here
at the top, the only one that appears, is
| | 02:43 | not really what we want.
| | 02:45 | So we can either choose to ignore
that or simply add it to the dictionary.
| | 02:49 | We'll click Add to Dictionary.
| | 02:51 | It's no longer appearing with the red
squiggly line because it's actually in the
| | 02:55 | dictionary now and we can spell this as
many times as we want the way we see it
| | 02:59 | here and it will never
appear as an error again.
| | 03:03 | Keep in mind that we're using the same
dictionary that's being used by the other
| | 03:06 | applications in the Office suite.
| | 03:08 | So if you're going into Microsoft Word,
we fixed it up there, as well as Excel and so on.
| | 03:14 | Now, just to take a look at some of the
options we'll go to Backstage View by
| | 03:18 | clicking the File tab and then down to Options.
| | 03:22 | Now, down the left-hand pane, we're
going to go to Proofing, third option down.
| | 03:28 | Here's where you'll see some things like
When correcting spelling in Microsoft
| | 03:31 | Office programs, certain options are
being ignored, so uppercase, for example.
| | 03:38 | Things can be spelled in uppercase.
| | 03:39 | They won't appear as errors
unless you deselect this checkbox.
| | 03:43 | So if that's something that you want
popping up as an error, you can simply
| | 03:45 | click the checkbox to deselect it.
| | 03:48 | I'm going to leave mine checked.
| | 03:50 | You're going to ignore
words that contain numbers.
| | 03:52 | Often they will appear as errors.
| | 03:53 | But if you do it on purpose, well, with this
checked off, it will not appear as an error.
| | 03:58 | Same thing goes for Internet and File
Addresses, repeated words will be flagged.
| | 04:03 | So if you accidentally type the same
word twice, that will appear as an error
| | 04:07 | unless you turn it off here.
| | 04:09 | You've got a French option for accents.
| | 04:12 | Suggestions can come from
the main dictionary only.
| | 04:15 | Now, you can see there is an option
for Custom Dictionaries here and then
| | 04:20 | you've also got some different language modes.
| | 04:22 | Down below the checkmark next to Check
spelling as you type is the default I was
| | 04:26 | telling you about that
displays that red squiggly line.
| | 04:29 | So if you don't want spelling to be
checked as you type, you simply want to get
| | 04:32 | everything in there, not see any red
squiggly lines, and then check spelling on
| | 04:37 | your own, you would deselect this checkbox.
| | 04:39 | You can also choose to hide
spelling errors, so they don't appear.
| | 04:42 | Even though they're still spelled
incorrectly, you don't want to see those red
| | 04:45 | squiggly lines all over the place.
| | 04:47 | You can simply check this box and they won't.
Something else that happens is AutoCorrect.
| | 04:53 | Things are automatically
corrected for you as you type them.
| | 04:56 | When you click the AutoCorrect Options
button, you'll see some examples here.
| | 05:00 | For example, if you accidentally hold
down the Shift key when you're typing,
| | 05:03 | you get two initial capitals at the
beginning of a word or sentence.
| | 05:08 | It'll automatically bring the second
character to lowercase for you so you don't
| | 05:12 | have to go back and fix that.
| | 05:14 | You can see some other
capitalizing options as well.
| | 05:17 | Then down below you'll see a great big
long list of things that are being replaced.
| | 05:22 | If you type-in certain characters like
the lowercase C in round brackets, you'll
| | 05:27 | see the copyright symbol appear.
| | 05:29 | So automatically replace for you.
| | 05:31 | There's quite a long list of items here,
including some very often misspelled words.
| | 05:37 | So as we scroll down for
example, there's the word ceiling.
| | 05:40 | If it's spelled incorrectly, i.e. first,
it'll automatically be fixed for you,
| | 05:44 | and there's a whole list of words in
here that will automatically be replaced.
| | 05:49 | So sometimes you're typing away, you
know you made a mistake, you go back to fix
| | 05:52 | it and it's already fixed. This is why.
| | 05:55 | You can even add your own.
| | 05:57 | Notice there's a
Replace and a With field here.
| | 06:00 | So if there's something that you type
incorrectly on a regular basis, you can
| | 06:03 | have it replaced with the correct spelling.
| | 06:06 | So in my case, I often hold down the T
too long, so tthe really should be the.
| | 06:13 | Oh, it's already there.
| | 06:14 | So I don't have to add that.
| | 06:16 | You can see there is a lot of them
there, just click-and-drag over that.
| | 06:20 | Maybe you've got a long name or I used
to work for the Children's Hospital of
| | 06:23 | Eastern Ontario, CHEO.
| | 06:24 | If I type that in, I can have it
replaced automatically with Children's
| | 06:30 | Hospital of Eastern Ontario.
| | 06:35 | So I'll never have to type in
all of those words together again.
| | 06:37 | I simply type cheo in lowercase,
which would never be used on its own.
| | 06:41 | When I click Add, it gets added to the
list and at anytime if I want to take any
| | 06:46 | of these out, I just simply
select them and click Delete.
| | 06:49 | I'm going to leave that one there and
click OK and click OK again to close
| | 06:53 | up this dialog box.
| | 06:54 | So a lot of cool spelling functionality
built right into OneNote 2010 will help
| | 06:59 | you to make sure that the content of
the text that you have in your notebooks
| | 07:04 | is spelled correctly.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
4. Viewing and Organizing InformationOrganizing the user interface| 00:00 | With OneNote 2010, you have a number of
different view options to help you stay
| | 00:04 | organized and focused when working on content.
| | 00:07 | We're going to work with two notebooks
in this lesson, our Office2 notebook as
| | 00:12 | well as our Personal2 notebook.
| | 00:13 | We're going to start over here in
the left-hand side of this screen with
| | 00:16 | our navigation bar.
| | 00:17 | We're going to start by
collapsing the various sections that appear
| | 00:21 | underneath the notebook name.
| | 00:22 | You'll notice a Collapse button that appears
to the right of the notebook name. Click that
| | 00:26 | and you'll see all of
those little tabs disappear.
| | 00:30 | They're collapsed into the notebook,
giving you extra space here in the
| | 00:33 | navigation bar for additional notebooks.
| | 00:35 | Now, when you're focused on the
notebook that's open, you can move between
| | 00:38 | the various sections by clicking them here
or across the top of your screen, of course.
| | 00:42 | Now, when you want to collapse this,
you can do the same thing, even though
| | 00:46 | it's still open, and just use the tabs across
the top to move between the various sections.
| | 00:51 | Now another option is to
collapse the entire navigation bar.
| | 00:55 | If you need additional
workspace, this is a great option.
| | 00:58 | You'll notice a Collapse button
next to notebooks. Give that a click.
| | 01:02 | You'll still see the names of your
notebooks, but you won't be able to expand
| | 01:05 | them to view the sections.
| | 01:07 | You'll have to use the section tabs
that appear across the top of your screen.
| | 01:10 | If you still need additional space,
you can go over to the right-hand side.
| | 01:14 | You'll notice with our page tabs
here there's also a Collapse button.
| | 01:18 | Give that a click and you've just
given yourself a little extra space.
| | 01:21 | You can still see the beginnings of
each of the pages, so you can move through
| | 01:25 | your different pages in a section that way.
| | 01:27 | Let's expand that back, so we
can see the full page names.
| | 01:31 | We'll expand our navigation bar as well.
| | 01:34 | Now we're going to go up to the View
tab on the Ribbon, because there are a
| | 01:37 | number of different options here as well.
| | 01:39 | First of all, you'll see in the Views
group that we're currently in the default
| | 01:44 | view, which is Normal View.
| | 01:45 | Normal View does give your navigation
bar, your page tabs, the full Ribbon, but
| | 01:50 | there is another option called Full Page View.
| | 01:53 | This gives you the ultimate amount of workspace.
| | 01:55 | F11 is the keyboard shortcut.
| | 01:57 | Let's give it a click.
| | 01:58 | So, here you can see now that we've
got no navigation bar, we've got no
| | 02:02 | page tabs on the right-hand side,
but we've got all of the workspace we
| | 02:06 | could possibly use.
| | 02:08 | To switch back, we can simply turn Full
Page View off by clicking it again or
| | 02:12 | click the Normal View
button to go back to that view.
| | 02:15 | That's the default so that's what we
see when we turn off Full Page View.
| | 02:19 | Another great option is
the Dock to Desktop View.
| | 02:23 | So, if you're working on multiple
applications or programs, you're gathering
| | 02:28 | content say from the Web in a web browser.
| | 02:31 | This is a great option, Dock to Desktop,
we'll give it a click, moves OneNote
| | 02:36 | over to the right-hand side.
| | 02:37 | It's a condensed view.
| | 02:40 | Whatever else is open now appears docked to it.
| | 02:43 | You can see it's resized as well, so
the two fit perfectly on your screen.
| | 02:47 | Now it's just a simple matter of getting what
you need and dragging it over to your notebook.
| | 02:53 | Now, Dock View also appears up
here on the Quick Access toolbar.
| | 02:57 | So, you can click that to turn
it off and return to Normal View.
| | 03:01 | You may need to use your scrollbars if
you're not seeing all of the information.
| | 03:05 | They appear on your screen as well.
| | 03:08 | So, those are the three different
views that you can choose from and you do
| | 03:11 | have from the Quick Access toolbar
access to that Dock to Desktop View, as
| | 03:15 | well as Full Page View.
| | 03:16 | So, they can be toggled on
and off from here as well.
| | 03:19 | You don't have to go to the
View tab here in the Ribbon.
| | 03:21 | There are some other options for
staying organized, such as, as you can see
| | 03:25 | here, we can change page color.
| | 03:26 | So, if you want to color-code
your pages, you can do that.
| | 03:30 | Maybe for our Income
Statement here we want a light blue.
| | 03:34 | That's just a background color.
| | 03:35 | It's kind of hard to see, but you can
see the contrast here with our table.
| | 03:40 | You can also add lines, rule lines.
| | 03:42 | There are many different
options to choose from here as well.
| | 03:45 | If you're going to be drawing shapes
and things, when you click the Rule
| | 03:48 | Lines drop-down, you'll see all of
the different options including the
| | 03:51 | default rule lines.
| | 03:52 | You also have some grids down below.
| | 03:55 | So if you wanted to create a grid,
that could be very helpful with drawing
| | 03:59 | shapes and getting the right
proportions and measurements.
| | 04:02 | At any time, you can turn that off just
by simply clicking it to toggle it off.
| | 04:07 | Another option is to hide page titles.
| | 04:09 | That gives you a little bit of
extra space but beware, you might be
| | 04:12 | deleting those page titles.
| | 04:13 | Let's give it a click.
| | 04:15 | There's the dialog box warning saying
that the current page title, date, and
| | 04:18 | time, all of this information
you see at the top will be deleted.
| | 04:22 | Are you sure you want to remove this?
| | 04:23 | We're going to say No.
| | 04:24 | We're going to keep that,
because it is important in this case.
| | 04:28 | Now, another View option is your zoom level.
| | 04:31 | So, currently, we're
looking at 100% or actual size.
| | 04:34 | But if you have a lot of content, you
can zoom out, for example, by clicking
| | 04:38 | the Zoom Out button.
| | 04:40 | You can see now, as we click this,
we zoom further and further out.
| | 04:43 | You'll see the value in the Zoom field here.
| | 04:46 | Of course, we can change our zoom
levels from here as well by typing in the
| | 04:50 | desired zoom level or clicking the
drop-down if we want to go back to 100%.
| | 04:53 | We can also use the Zoom
In to zoom in past 100%.
| | 04:57 | You can zero in on a section of your content.
| | 05:01 | We'll zoom back out,
takes this back another 25%.
| | 05:03 | You also have these quick options to go
quickly to 100% or 75%, kind of like that.
| | 05:11 | So, with all of these different View
options and choices for the way you
| | 05:14 | view your content here in OneNote,
you should be able to find the setup that
| | 05:18 | works best for you.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Creating new windows| 00:00 | When you need to view the contents of
separate notebooks at the same time, even
| | 00:04 | separate sections in the same notebook
at the same time, you can take advantage
| | 00:08 | of opening up multiple windows.
| | 00:11 | We're going to do that right now
and we're going to be working with our
| | 00:13 | Office2 notebook here.
| | 00:16 | Let's say we wanted to view different
sections of the same notebook and maybe
| | 00:20 | even not just view those sections,
but share content between them.
| | 00:24 | In that case, we want to
open up a separate window.
| | 00:27 | When we go up to the View tab on the
Ribbon, you'll notice in the Window group
| | 00:31 | we have an option here to create a new window.
| | 00:33 | Ctrl+M is the keyboard shortcut.
| | 00:36 | When you click this button, it really
doesn't look like a whole lot has happened.
| | 00:40 | In fact, what you're doing is looking at
a duplicate of the same notebook on the
| | 00:45 | same page in the same section.
| | 00:48 | So, here's where a Windows
7 feature comes in handy.
| | 00:51 | First thing we're going to do is go up
to the right-hand corner and restore this
| | 00:54 | down by clicking the Restore button.
| | 00:57 | Right away, you can see that we've got
both notebooks open at the same time.
| | 01:00 | Let's do the same now for our other notebook.
| | 01:04 | What you can do in Windows 7 is simply
go up to the title bar, click-and-drag
| | 01:08 | off to the side, and it'll
automatically snap into half of the screen.
| | 01:12 | We can do the same with the other
window, dragging it to the left.
| | 01:15 | And now they both take up the
same amount of screen space.
| | 01:18 | We're still looking at the same exact
notebook, same section, same page, but
| | 01:24 | here's where some of those
View options come in handy.
| | 01:26 | We're going to collapse the notebooks,
so we have a little more workspace.
| | 01:30 | On the right-hand side, let's
just go to our Orders/Forecasts page.
| | 01:34 | We'll use our scrollbars, because we're
not looking at the full width of the page.
| | 01:39 | Let's say from our Income Statement
over here we want to borrow the Foreign
| | 01:43 | Exchange Rate note here.
| | 01:45 | So, we'll just click on the border.
| | 01:47 | In fact, we can drag it over.
| | 01:49 | Since we clicked-and-dragged this over,
you'll see the little plus sign there,
| | 01:52 | meaning we're about to copy it.
| | 01:53 | When you release, you've just copied
that over to a different section of the
| | 01:57 | same notebook, simple as that.
| | 02:00 | When you're done, you
simply close up the window.
| | 02:02 | Click the Close button as if you're
closing down OneNote, but you've still got
| | 02:05 | your original opened.
| | 02:07 | Let's expand our navigation bar.
| | 02:10 | You may need to scroll
over to see those contents.
| | 02:13 | All you've done is use a second window
to not only view contents from the same
| | 02:19 | notebook, different sections,
but to share information as well.
| | 02:22 | So, imagine if you're working with
multiple notebooks, you can have multiple
| | 02:25 | windows, representing each of the
notebooks in OneNote, viewing content
| | 02:29 | simultaneously, even sharing it if you need to.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Searching a notebook| 00:00 | As you can imagine over time, when you
start building your notebooks, adding
| | 00:03 | sections, adding pages and content,
it could take some time for you to zero in
| | 00:09 | on specific content if you
need to go back and find it.
| | 00:12 | Well, you should know that in OneNote
2010, there are some lightning-fast search
| | 00:16 | capabilities built right in that we're
going to take a look at right now, using
| | 00:20 | our Office2 notebook.
| | 00:21 | You can see I'm looking at the Recipes
section here with my top page, the A-D page,
| | 00:27 | currently selected.
| | 00:28 | Right above the Page tab zone, you'll
see we've got a Search field here for
| | 00:32 | searching all notebooks.
| | 00:33 | That's the default.
| | 00:34 | You've also got the Search icon, so
you can open up the Search pane and this
| | 00:38 | little drop-down to change your search scope.
| | 00:41 | We're going to look at all of this,
but we're going to start with a quick
| | 00:43 | search, just by simply clicking in
the field and starting to type what it
| | 00:47 | is we're looking for.
| | 00:48 | Let's type in the word lemon.
| | 00:50 | You can see as we start to type lemon
that our list gets narrowed down for us.
| | 00:55 | It's going through all of the various notebooks.
| | 00:56 | It's looking at Recent Picks.
| | 00:59 | You're also going to see
where the title contains lem.
| | 01:03 | You're also going to be able to find any
pages where lem could be found as well,
| | 01:09 | like Caesar Salad, for example.
| | 01:09 | Let's just continue typing the
entire word lemon. There we go!
| | 01:14 | We'll go to our Baba Ghanoush
recipe and you can see lemon is even
| | 01:17 | highlighted here for us showing us
exactly where our search criteria shows up
| | 01:22 | on the page itself.
| | 01:23 | So, that's just a quick search.
| | 01:25 | And you can see how fast it was for us
to find exactly what we're looking for.
| | 01:29 | But we can also expand this.
| | 01:31 | Look at the bottom of our search results here.
| | 01:34 | Open Note and Audio Search results pane.
| | 01:36 | Alt+O is the keyboard shortcut.
| | 01:38 | That opens up the Search pane where
you can see we can narrow down what it is
| | 01:42 | we're searching through.
| | 01:43 | In this case, All Notebooks is the
default, but you can narrow it down to just
| | 01:46 | this notebook if you wanted to.
| | 01:47 | You can also sort your results,
sort by the date, but if you click the
| | 01:52 | drop-down, you could sort
by section and title as well.
| | 01:55 | Also, another thing that happened
with our current search in there, lemon,
| | 01:58 | you can see the various pages are
highlighted for us, the page tabs where lemon appears.
| | 02:03 | So, we can quickly jump between
the various recipes containing lemon.
| | 02:07 | It's highlighted in all of those pages as well.
| | 02:10 | So, let's change it up a little bit
here, where it says Search All Notebooks.
| | 02:13 | We'll just click in there.
| | 02:14 | Let's type in the word prosperity.
| | 02:19 | I happen to know for a fact that this word
does appear in one of our audio contents.
| | 02:25 | So, we've got a speech in there for a
budget where that is going to appear.
| | 02:29 | And down below, we'll click
Open Note and Audio Search Results.
| | 02:32 | All it does is it changes here
where we can click here to view matches.
| | 02:38 | Prosperity is the word. Look at this!
| | 02:39 | We've got our Budget Speech.
| | 02:42 | You can see when it was created.
| | 02:43 | And you can see where the word prosperity
shows up in that audio file, 9 seconds in.
| | 02:48 | We can go directly to it just by clicking.
| | 02:50 | (Male speaker: And this is of course
for the Two Trees Olive Oil company?)
| | 02:56 | So, it takes us right to that word in the speech
and starts playing it for us. Really cool stuff!
| | 03:01 | Now, you have to have that feature
turned on, which does slow down search
| | 03:05 | results a little bit.
| | 03:06 | Let's check it out.
| | 03:06 | We'll go to Backstage View by
clicking File and we'll go down to Options.
| | 03:11 | Next, you're going to choose Audio & Video.
| | 03:14 | Here's the little checkbox, Enable
searching audio and video recordings for words.
| | 03:19 | Just as you hover over this, you'll see
a little message indicating that it will
| | 03:23 | slow down your search performance a
little bit, if it has to go searching
| | 03:26 | through audio and video files.
| | 03:29 | So, we'll leave that selected.
| | 03:30 | Click Cancel to close this up.
| | 03:32 | That's how you can find content in
your notebooks, lightning fast here
| | 03:36 | in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Creating links to pages with wiki linking| 00:00 | One feature that's new to OneNote 2010
is the ability to create links on your
| | 00:05 | pages to other notebooks, or other
sections and other pages in a notebook.
| | 00:10 | It's called Wiki Linking.
| | 00:12 | You can see that if we open up our
Personal2 notebook here, and click the Bird
| | 00:16 | Watching tab, selecting the very top
page, Local Birds on Record, we have a
| | 00:21 | number of items here that appear as links.
| | 00:25 | That's because Wiki
Linking has been applied here.
| | 00:27 | For example, if we want to
go directly to the Loons page
| | 00:31 | we can click it here in the list, and
this is just a bulleted list where the
| | 00:34 | text has been setup as a link.
| | 00:36 | So if we click Loons, we're
taken directly to the Loons page.
| | 00:40 | Let's click the Local Birds on
Record page to go back there.
| | 00:44 | You'll notice one of them has a
dotted underline. It's highlighted.
| | 00:48 | That's because that page has nothing on it.
| | 00:51 | So, you can easily see links
that take you to empty pages.
| | 00:55 | If we click Chickadee, it takes us to the page.
| | 00:57 | There is nothing there.
| | 00:58 | If we click anywhere on the page and start
to type a note, so that we do have content,
| | 01:03 | let's just enter something here. There we go.
| | 01:11 | Now we've got some content.
| | 01:13 | If we go back to that page, Local Birds
on Record, you'll notice now that it's
| | 01:17 | got a solid underline.
| | 01:20 | One of these items doesn't have anything.
| | 01:21 | So we're going to set up a link.
| | 01:23 | Look at the Woodpecker here.
| | 01:24 | If we go to the Woodpecker page, which
we can, the Pileated Woodpecker, there is
| | 01:28 | actually something there.
| | 01:29 | There is some text, and
we've even got some video.
| | 01:32 | So let's go back to our original page,
and select the text for Woodpecker.
| | 01:37 | You can double-click or click and drag.
| | 01:39 | Now it's time to create the link and we
do that from the Insert tab on the Ribbon.
| | 01:44 | Click the Insert tab and then click Links.
| | 01:46 | Now here is where we can
set up all kinds of links.
| | 01:48 | It could be a link to a Web Address
where we could type it in right here, or it
| | 01:52 | could be to another file,
another document we can browse to.
| | 01:56 | But the new part is the ability to come
down here and pick a location in OneNote.
| | 02:01 | So it could be another notebook or
it could be the same notebook and a
| | 02:05 | different section or page.
| | 02:07 | In this case, we want to go
to the Bird Watching page.
| | 02:09 | Double-click the Expand sign here,
the symbol for expanding our section.
| | 02:15 | We'll go down to the Pileated Woodpecker page.
| | 02:18 | Click once to select it. Then click OK.
| | 02:21 | You can see what happens. It's highlighted.
| | 02:23 | That means that it's a new link and it
also means, because it's underlined with
| | 02:29 | a solid underline, there is content there.
| | 02:31 | When we click, we're taken directly to the page.
| | 02:33 | It's as simple as that to set up
something known as Wiki Linking or Wiki Style
| | 02:38 | Linking here in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Tagging notes| 00:00 | When you work with large notebooks in
OneNote 2010 with many sections and many
| | 00:05 | pages of content, an option for
staying organized so you can easily locate
| | 00:09 | content is to use tgs.
| | 00:12 | Tags can be applied to anything.
| | 00:14 | Let's take a look now.
| | 00:14 | We're still working with our Personal2 notebook.
| | 00:18 | We're on the Local Birds on Record
page in our Bird Watching section.
| | 00:23 | We just finished up adding a Wiki Link
here and you'll notice that one of our
| | 00:26 | birds is actually highlighted in yellow.
| | 00:30 | If we go up to the Ribbon with the Home
tab selected in the Tags group, you can
| | 00:34 | see we've got a drop-down here to
display all the various tags that are set by
| | 00:38 | default for us to use.
| | 00:40 | When we click this, you'll see one of
them involves this yellow highlighting.
| | 00:44 | This is something we
want to remember for later.
| | 00:46 | So we had an empty page
that needed to be filled.
| | 00:50 | It has been filled now.
| | 00:51 | So in this case, this is a
tag that we want to remove.
| | 00:55 | We can do that too from this long list of tags.
| | 00:57 | You'll see down at the bottom,
one option is to Remove Tag.
| | 01:01 | Before we can do that though,
we need to go inside of our note.
| | 01:04 | Click and drag over the tag itself.
In this case, the entire word was tagged.
| | 01:10 | Now when we go back to the drop-down
for our tags, you'll notice Remove Tag is
| | 01:14 | available to us at the bottom.
| | 01:16 | So we'll click that.
| | 01:17 | Now we'll deselect by
clicking anywhere on the page.
| | 01:20 | You can see that tag has disappeared.
| | 01:23 | All that happened there was a highlighting.
| | 01:25 | We don't know if it was actually
highlighted by hand, if it was a tag, until we
| | 01:29 | actually get in there and look at it.
| | 01:31 | But before we examine tags in
detail, let's try adding a tag.
| | 01:35 | Let's go to our Office2 notebook.
| | 01:38 | We'll go up to the Revenues section here,
where we see Foreign Exchange Rates at the top.
| | 01:44 | This is on our Orders/Forecasts page.
| | 01:48 | We do have a Web site in here.
| | 01:50 | So let's see what happens here if we
just get inside that node and select
| | 01:54 | the entire address.
| | 01:57 | So this is actually a Web
address we want to be able to visit.
| | 02:01 | Let's go up to our Tags.
| | 02:02 | Click the drop-down.
| | 02:03 | Check out the list.
| | 02:04 | We've got To Do items, things we want
to tag is Important, and as we go down
| | 02:08 | this list, you'll see there
is one here, Web site to visit.
| | 02:12 | So we'll click that and it just tags it.
| | 02:14 | You see this little icon here.
It looks like a globe with a chain link.
| | 02:18 | That's exactly what it is.
| | 02:19 | It's a link or a Web site that we want to visit.
| | 02:22 | You can see that now shows
up here in our Quick View.
| | 02:26 | So I'll just deselect by clicking anywhere.
| | 02:28 | Nothing changes as far as the content
goes, except that it's now been tagged.
| | 02:33 | How do we gather these tags together?
| | 02:35 | All we do is click the Find Tags
button next to our list of tags.
| | 02:40 | When we click here, you can see this
opens up our pane on the right-hand side.
| | 02:44 | Down below, you can see what's
happening here is a search for tag names.
| | 02:49 | So it looks like we do have one
important one, Must book room, and if we click
| | 02:53 | that link, it takes us directly to
the section and page. There is the tag.
| | 02:58 | You can see the little star.
| | 02:59 | It's an important one.
| | 03:01 | Down below, we've got a
number of tags for Lemon.
| | 03:04 | This looks like a custom one.
| | 03:05 | We'll talk about that in a moment.
| | 03:07 | Under To Do, you can see
we've got the exact same thing.
| | 03:10 | The book room is also a To Do tag.
| | 03:13 | There down below, Web site to
visit is the one we just selected.
| | 03:17 | If we click that, it
takes us directly to the page.
| | 03:20 | So if we want to click the link, it'll
launch our Web browser and we can visit the page.
| | 03:24 | Let's just click anywhere outside.
| | 03:27 | That's just the notebook we're in.
| | 03:28 | Down below in the Search, you can
see we can click that drop-down and
| | 03:32 | choose All Notebooks.
| | 03:33 | When we do that, suddenly
we see a longer list of tags.
| | 03:36 | As we scroll down, there is a number of To Dos.
| | 03:39 | You can see we've got some To Dos
here for Aeration and Dethatching.
| | 03:43 | When we click these, it takes us
directly to that particular tag and you can see
| | 03:48 | these are all To Do type tags.
| | 03:50 | That's why you see the checkbox next to them.
| | 03:53 | When one is done, all we have
to do is click the checkbox.
| | 03:56 | It'll appear in our tags as checked
off as well the next time we launch this.
| | 04:01 | Down below there is our Web site as well.
| | 04:03 | So we're seeing all of our tags from
both of our notebooks and if we had
| | 04:06 | additional notebooks
opened, we'd see them as well.
| | 04:10 | Let's just click the Close
button to close up the pane itself.
| | 04:15 | We'll go back to our Tags drop-down.
| | 04:18 | Here is how we create a custom tag,
like we saw for our Lemons there.
| | 04:23 | Click Customize Tags.
| | 04:25 | You'll see all of your tags.
| | 04:26 | Now you can change the order that these appear.
| | 04:28 | Let's say we want Important at the top.
| | 04:30 | We'll select it and move it up.
| | 04:31 | So now it's at the top of our list, and
when we see the list from the top, that
| | 04:35 | will be at the very top of our list.
| | 04:37 | You can see we've got all of these down
here that can be modified as well.
| | 04:41 | Web site to visit, if we click
there and choose Modify Tag,
| | 04:45 | we can change the text, and we can
change the icon, the font color, and so on.
| | 04:50 | So let's change this to Important
Web Sites, and if you wanted to, we
| | 04:58 | could change the color.
| | 04:59 | I'm going to go to that dark bluish color.
| | 05:02 | That's kind of what we're used
to seeing for links to websites.
| | 05:05 | We could do highlighting
if we wanted to as well.
| | 05:07 | But let's just click OK.
| | 05:09 | Now it's called Important
Web Sites and it's changed color.
| | 05:12 | We kept the same icon.
| | 05:14 | To add a new tag, we click the New Tag button.
| | 05:17 | Let's say all of the recipes using olive oil.
| | 05:20 | I'll just type in Olive
Oil for the display name.
| | 05:26 | That's the Preview down below.
| | 05:28 | If we wanted to add a symbol, we could.
| | 05:30 | Click the Symbols drop-down and there are
quite a large number of symbols to choose from.
| | 05:35 | So finding one that relates to
Olive Oil might be a little bit tricky.
| | 05:39 | Well, let's go to this
green sun over here, select it.
| | 05:44 | We'll leave the
Highlight Color as nothing, None.
| | 05:47 | But you've got a number of different
colors to choose from there. We'll click OK.
| | 05:51 | So now we've got a new one on the list.
| | 05:54 | All we have to do is select any text with
Olive Oil in it to tag it. Let's try out.
| | 05:59 | We'll click OK.
| | 06:02 | We'll go back to our
Recipes in our Office2 notebook.
| | 06:06 | Let's just go to our Caesar Salad.
| | 06:08 | So there is one where lemon has been tagged.
| | 06:11 | That was one of the customs.
| | 06:12 | If we wanted to, we could
try to find the olive oil.
| | 06:15 | Hopefully, in the
Ingredients here, we can find oil.
| | 06:19 | There it is right below lemon, olive oil.
| | 06:21 | All we have to do is get inside
there to select it. Wait a second.
| | 06:24 | This is an item that is
actually an object. It's not text.
| | 06:28 | So what do we do?
| | 06:29 | Well, we can't get in there and select
the text, but we can select the object.
| | 06:33 | So with the entire object now selected.
| | 06:35 | You can see the four-sided arrow.
| | 06:37 | We'll just click the Olive Oil tag and this
object has been tagged as an olive oil recipe.
| | 06:43 | So you can select the entire
object or you can select text itself.
| | 06:47 | For example, if we go
down to Veggie Lasagna here.
| | 06:51 | Here we have Ingredients.
| | 06:52 | And in this case, this is text that's in a note.
| | 06:55 | It's not an object.
| | 06:56 | So all we have to do is
find the actual oil here.
| | 07:01 | Select it and click the Olive Oil tag.
| | 07:05 | There is our little symbol off to the left.
| | 07:07 | You can see why
sometimes you don't want symbols.
| | 07:09 | You wouldn't use symbols.
| | 07:10 | So just appears highlighted like this.
| | 07:12 | Now we've got our Olive Oil tags.
| | 07:15 | If we go to Find Tags, you're going
to see we've got our new one here.
| | 07:19 | There is Olive Oil.
| | 07:20 | There is the entire object.
| | 07:23 | As we scroll down a little bit
further, there is just the text.
| | 07:25 | So we can quickly go to that object or
to that text in our list by clicking.
| | 07:32 | When we're done, we'll just
close up the pane and deselect.
| | 07:36 | So that's how tags work in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Working with sections| 00:00 | Notebook sections are at the heart of
staying organized in an OneNote notebook
| | 00:04 | and there are a number of
customization options when working with sections.
| | 00:08 | So we're going to look at those
now with our Office2 notebook
| | 00:12 | that currently has a number of sections already.
| | 00:14 | You can see from Revenues all the way
to the AGM and there is also a group of
| | 00:18 | sections that we'll talk about
in detail in the next lesson.
| | 00:22 | So really, the last
section here is our AGM section.
| | 00:25 | Then there is a tab for
creating another new section.
| | 00:27 | Let's just do that quickly.
| | 00:28 | We'll click the tab. Create New Section.
| | 00:31 | We'll simply type over the highlighted text
that appears there by default New Section 1.
| | 00:35 | Let's type in Departments.
| | 00:37 | When you press Enter, it's created.
| | 00:39 | It's color coded for you.
| | 00:41 | You've got one blank untitled page
here waiting for you to type in a title.
| | 00:45 | Let's just type in the
name of an actual department.
| | 00:49 | We'll do Accounting and
click anywhere on the page.
| | 00:52 | There is our first
department in our Departments section.
| | 00:55 | Now let's talk about rearranging our sections.
| | 00:58 | For example, maybe Recipes belongs at the end.
| | 01:01 | We'll click and drag it to the end
and you'll see a little black arrow
| | 01:04 | appear after Departments.
| | 01:06 | Release and now we've reordered them.
| | 01:09 | Let's bring AGM after Departments too.
| | 01:11 | It really doesn't belong there.
| | 01:13 | We can also color code our sections as well.
| | 01:16 | Automatically, colors are
applied for us when we create them.
| | 01:19 | But you'll notice AGM and
Revenues are really the same color.
| | 01:22 | So if we click the AGM tab to select it
then right-click, you'll notice at the
| | 01:27 | bottom we can change the section color.
| | 01:29 | You'll see the currently selected color
has got that border around it, but let's
| | 01:32 | choose something different.
| | 01:33 | Let's go down to Teal for example, there.
| | 01:35 | That really stands out and
looks different from the rest.
| | 01:40 | So color coding is just
another option at your fingertips.
| | 01:44 | If you plan on sharing notebooks with
others in collaborating on projects,
| | 01:48 | there might be sections in a notebook
that you don't want people to access.
| | 01:52 | In that case, you might
consider password protecting it.
| | 01:55 | Let's go to our Budgets tab.
| | 01:58 | Let's say this is information that
only a few people need to have access to.
| | 02:03 | So we'll right-click and you'll
notice there is an option here to Password
| | 02:06 | Protect This Section. Click there.
| | 02:10 | This opens up our Password Protection
pane over here on the right-hand side,
| | 02:13 | where we can set up our password.
| | 02:15 | So we'll click Set Password
and we need to type one in.
| | 02:19 | So I'll just type in a password.
| | 02:20 | You don't see what you're typing, so
you'll need to confirm that by typing the
| | 02:23 | exact same password again in
the Confirm Password field.
| | 02:28 | When you click OK, Password is applied.
| | 02:33 | Now we're still accessing this section.
| | 02:34 | It hasn't been locked and it will
stay unlock for a period of time.
| | 02:39 | But you can lock it up anytime you want
by going over to the pane and clicking
| | 02:43 | the Lock All button.
| | 02:44 | So all our password-protected
sections will be locked. Let's do that.
| | 02:48 | There. This section is password protected.
| | 02:50 | It says click here or press
Enter to unlock this section.
| | 02:53 | So when we do that, you'll notice we
see the Protected Section dialog box open
| | 02:58 | up and we need to enter the password to get in.
| | 03:03 | This is very handy, especially when you're
collaborating with others and sharing notebooks
| | 03:07 | and there are certain sections
you need to keep private.
| | 03:10 | If at anytime, you don't want this
section to be password protected, just
| | 03:14 | click the Remove Password button, but you
will need to type in the password to remove it.
| | 03:21 | When you click OK, it's no
longer password protected.
| | 03:25 | We know that when we look over here
and see the Remove Password button
| | 03:28 | is unavailable to us.
| | 03:30 | All we can do now at this
point is set the password.
| | 03:33 | We'll close up the pane, knowing that
at any time we can protect any section in
| | 03:39 | any of our notebooks.
| | 03:41 | If over time, you realize you're
creating many, many sections and you no longer
| | 03:45 | actually need a specific section
in your notebook, you can remove it.
| | 03:49 | Let's go back to Departments.
| | 03:50 | We really don't have much in
here, just an Accounting page.
| | 03:53 | We'll right-click and you'll see that
Delete is an option from this pop-up menu.
| | 03:58 | We'll click the Delete option.
| | 04:00 | We need to confirm that we really
want to send this to the Recycle Bin.
| | 04:03 | So it is there where we can access it
if we make a mistake, but let's click Yes.
| | 04:08 | That removes the section.
| | 04:09 | You can see it's gone now.
| | 04:10 | We're back to our original sections.
| | 04:12 | They've been reordered a little bit,
but we've got all of our original
| | 04:15 | sections at our fingertips.
| | 04:17 | So, sections will help you to stay
organized in a notebook, but it's good to
| | 04:21 | know there are a number of options when
it comes to working with those sections.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Using section groups| 00:00 | To create layers and layers of
organization in a OneNote notebook you have
| | 00:04 | ability to create section groups.
| | 00:07 | These are almost like
having a binder within a binder.
| | 00:10 | So you can have a group of sections
kept separate from the rest of the notebook
| | 00:14 | that you can access when needed.
| | 00:16 | And it helps you to stay focused on
the material or content that you're
| | 00:20 | working on at that time.
| | 00:22 | We are going to work our TwoTrees2 notebook.
| | 00:24 | So you can open that one up if
you've got the Exercise Files.
| | 00:27 | You'll notice in the navigation bar on the
left-hand side we do have a section group.
| | 00:31 | It looks a little bit
different than the rest of the section.
| | 00:34 | The tab looks like multiple tabs and
there is an icon here to either collapse
| | 00:39 | or expand the group.
| | 00:41 | So when you click this you can see
here in the navigation bar that those
| | 00:44 | subsections kind of disappear.
| | 00:46 | You can expand them back to see them.
| | 00:49 | And of course, you can also access
them from across the top of your screen.
| | 00:52 | After the very last section and the
tab for creating a new section will be
| | 00:56 | your section groups.
| | 00:57 | In this case, our Miscellaneous Internal.
| | 00:59 | So we can click that to open up that group.
| | 01:02 | Notice that the rest of the sections
are kind of hidden away for us, so we
| | 01:06 | can focus in on these sections as part of
our Miscellaneous Internal group of sections.
| | 01:11 | And if you ever want to go back up a
level, you can use the navigation button
| | 01:15 | here to go back to the parent section group.
| | 01:18 | In this case our TwoTrees2 notebook.
| | 01:20 | When you go back into a section group
simply by clicking it you'll notice you
| | 01:24 | can have as many sections as you like.
| | 01:26 | You can even have another section group
within a section group if you needed to.
| | 01:30 | And that would create those layers and the
layers of organization I was talking about.
| | 01:35 | Now when we go back up to our top level,
our Two Trees2 notebook, to create your
| | 01:40 | own section group is really quite simple.
| | 01:42 | There is a couple different ways to do it.
| | 01:44 | One option might be to right-click any
one of the sections that you have at the
| | 01:49 | top of your screen and choose New Section Group.
| | 01:52 | That's going to create a New
Section Group outside of this section.
| | 01:55 | So you would see it over next
to Miscellaneous Internal here.
| | 01:58 | Of course, we could right-click up here as well.
| | 02:01 | So you don't have to be on a section.
| | 02:02 | You can right-click anywhere at the
top here and choose New Section Group.
| | 02:06 | And when you do, a New
Section Group is created for you.
| | 02:10 | It's called a New Section Group, but
it's highlighted or selected so you can
| | 02:13 | type right over it, whatever it
is you want to call this section.
| | 02:20 | So let's say we have a partner program that
we are going to keep separate from the rest.
| | 02:23 | When you press Enter, you
now have your new group.
| | 02:26 | So when you click that group you're going to
see that there are no sections in this notebook.
| | 02:30 | And now it's time to
start creating new sections.
| | 02:33 | You can do that by clicking the New
Section tab or right from this blank screen,
| | 02:37 | Click here to create a new section.
| | 02:39 | You'll notice that that new section
appears under the Partner Program that
| | 02:43 | we've just created. It's a subsection.
| | 02:46 | That can help you stay organized by
collapsing all of these and focusing in on
| | 02:50 | the content you want to work on.
| | 02:52 | Let's go back up to the parent
by clicking the Navigation button.
| | 02:56 | And to remove a group, in this case our
Partner Program, maybe it fell through.
| | 03:00 | There is nothing in there that we need to keep.
| | 03:03 | So just go up to the tab itself,
right-click, and choose Delete.
| | 03:08 | When you click Delete you will see this
confirmation window indicating you are
| | 03:11 | about to send it to the Recycle Bin.
| | 03:13 | That's good to know if you want to get it back.
| | 03:15 | But in this case, yes, we want to remove it.
| | 03:16 | So we'll click Yes and it's gone.
| | 03:18 | We are back to our single section group here
along with our regular sections in our notebook.
| | 03:24 | So if you need to stay organized and
you want to keep certain content separate
| | 03:27 | from other content, you might
consider using a section group.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
5. Interacting with OutlookInserting Outlook meetings | 00:00 | If you use Microsoft Outlook and OneNote
2010, you'll be glad to know that there
| | 00:05 | is a tight integration
between the two applications.
| | 00:09 | For example, if you set up meetings
or appointments in your own calendar in
| | 00:14 | Microsoft Outlook, you can then
use OneNote 2010 to track those.
| | 00:17 | Let's check it out right now.
| | 00:19 | You can see here I'm already
in Outlook in my Calendar View.
| | 00:22 | And I've got a meeting
set up for later in the day.
| | 00:26 | Now we are going to switch over to OneNote 2010.
| | 00:29 | Now if you want to follow along with me
you are going to need to have your own
| | 00:32 | meeting scheduled in your Calendar.
| | 00:33 | Here we are with the TwoTrees5 notebook.
| | 00:36 | That's where we are working with right now.
| | 00:38 | And we are in the Revenues section.
| | 00:40 | All we are going to do is add a new
page to the bottom and this is going to
| | 00:45 | be our meetings page.
| | 00:46 | So we will just type in Meetings
and here is where we track them.
| | 00:50 | So I'll just click down below and
instead of going over to Outlook and copying
| | 00:53 | the details of that meeting and then pasting
them over here, we can do it all in one step.
| | 00:58 | With the Home selected on the Ribbon
you'll notice there is an Outlook group
| | 01:02 | over here at the end.
| | 01:04 | Also, the very last button says Meeting Details.
| | 01:07 | When you click this button you're
going to see at the very top of this
| | 01:10 | list, Today's Meetings.
| | 01:11 | If you don't have any meetings today, you
can actually Choose a Meeting from Another Day.
| | 01:15 | But you'll always see the current day.
| | 01:17 | And there it is, Revenue Meeting
(Boardroom A), and when we click we
| | 01:20 | actually insert the meeting.
| | 01:22 | So imagine that we are now
at the meeting with OneNote.
| | 01:25 | We've already got the meeting details
showing up for us automatically and our
| | 01:29 | cursor is flashing right after the
heading Notes, so we can start taking notes
| | 01:32 | during this meeting.
| | 01:33 | Let's try something different.
| | 01:35 | If you have an appointment or a meeting set
up on another day, here is how we go find it.
| | 01:39 | First we will switch over to our
Personal5 notebook and we will go to the
| | 01:43 | Bird Watching section.
| | 01:45 | And just anywhere here where it says Local
Birds on Record, we are going to add a meeting.
| | 01:50 | We are going to add it down
below our list of birds here.
| | 01:52 | We'll go to the same button, Meeting
Details, but this time we are going to click
| | 01:56 | Choose Meeting From Another Day.
| | 01:58 | This allows us to browse
through the various days.
| | 02:01 | Notice we've got navigation buttons to move
forward and back through the various days.
| | 02:06 | We've also got this little calendar
icon if you prefer to actually go to a
| | 02:09 | specific date without having to
click these navigation buttons.
| | 02:12 | But I'm just going to
click forward to the Next Day.
| | 02:14 | It's a Saturday morning.
| | 02:16 | It looks like there is a bird
watching expedition happening.
| | 02:19 | So we are going to select that by
clicking and insert those details.
| | 02:23 | You can see they get inserted
down below our list of birds.
| | 02:26 | So if you've got meetings already
scheduled in your calendars in Outlook, there
| | 02:30 | is no need to duplicate efforts.
| | 02:32 | You can bring those meeting details
directly into your OneNote notebook here
| | 02:36 | in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Sending page information by email| 00:00 | Because OneNote 2010 integrates closely
with Outlook, you can send information
| | 00:05 | on a page in one of your notebooks
directly to another person or persons via email
| | 00:10 | without leaving OneNote at all.
| | 00:12 | Let's do that now using our Personal5 notebook.
| | 00:14 | We are in the Bird Watching section.
| | 00:17 | And we left off on the Local Birds
on Record page where we added some
| | 00:21 | appointment information
directly from our Outlook calendar.
| | 00:24 | Let's say we want to share
this page with somebody else.
| | 00:26 | Well, we'll go up to the Home tab of
the Ribbon in the Outlook group and the
| | 00:30 | very first icon in this group is E-mail Page.
| | 00:33 | So we can send a copy of this page by email.
| | 00:36 | So when we click this, it takes us
directly to a brand-new email message in Outlook.
| | 00:41 | And look what else has happened here.
| | 00:42 | First of all, the Subject
is Local Birds on Record,
| | 00:45 | the name of the page that we are sharing.
| | 00:47 | Attached is an MHT file, and you may see
the page as part of the actual email message.
| | 00:54 | It all depends on e-mail
settings here in OneNote.
| | 00:57 | Something we are going to talk about
in the last chapter of this course.
| | 01:01 | All we need to do is type in an
address of somebody we want to send it to.
| | 01:06 | So the cursor is flashing there.
All we have to do is type it in.
| | 01:13 | You can send it to a group of people.
| | 01:15 | You could use the Cc and
Bcc fields if you needed to.
| | 01:19 | All of your Outlook
functionality is here at your fingertips.
| | 01:22 | Once you've got the recipients in there,
just simply click the Send button and off it goes.
| | 01:28 | So that person is going to receive
the information that we see here on our
| | 01:31 | page as an attachment.
| | 01:33 | Double-clicking will open up the
attachment and they'll be able to see
| | 01:36 | everything we see here in OneNote.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Working with Outlook tasks| 00:00 | Well we already know that if you've got
meetings scheduled in Outlook using your
| | 00:04 | calendar that meeting information
can be brought directly into a OneNote
| | 00:09 | notebook. Well, if you work with
tasks there is good news there as well.
| | 00:13 | You can create tasks right in your
OneNote notebook and they'll appear here in
| | 00:16 | Outlook in your Tasks.
| | 00:18 | Now if you are working with
Outlook and you've got it launched,
| | 00:21 | let's go to Tasks and you can
see I don't have any tasks here.
| | 00:24 | You may have some tasks that are
scheduled for today or in the future.
| | 00:28 | But it's all going to change
when we flip back to OneNote.
| | 00:31 | Let's go back to OneNote here.
| | 00:33 | And we are going to start
with our Personal5 notebook.
| | 00:36 | And here in our Local Birds on Record
page in the Bird Watching section we are
| | 00:40 | going to click down below where it says Notes.
| | 00:42 | So there are some things
that we need to do here.
| | 00:45 | But instead of just typing in what we
need to do to prepare for this excursion,
| | 00:49 | let's make it an Outlook Task.
| | 00:51 | And when we click the Task button here
in the Outlook group on the ribbon with
| | 00:55 | the Home tab selected, you can see we
can create tasks for Today, Tomorrow, This
| | 00:59 | Week, Next Week, no date at all, so just
a task that generally needs to be done,
| | 01:04 | or a custom task if you want to
be able to customize the details.
| | 01:07 | Notice all the keyboard shortcuts as
well. Ctrl+Shift+1-5 for all of these
| | 01:12 | different versions and
Ctrl+Shift+K for a Custom.
| | 01:16 | Let's do a task for tomorrow.
| | 01:17 | We'll click Tomorrow.
| | 01:19 | And you can see under Notes here we now have
a flag showing up next to whatever we type.
| | 01:23 | So let's just type in some information here.
| | 01:26 | Pack Camera, Field Glasses,
probably need some bug spray, and Jacket.
| | 01:40 | So that information is
actually appearing in our note.
| | 01:43 | It's instantaneously saved.
| | 01:45 | Let's just click outside the
note to see what that looks like.
| | 01:47 | There is the little flag next
to it indicating it is a task.
| | 01:50 | If we flip over to Outlook
again and take a look, look at that.
| | 01:54 | We've got a brand-new task in here and
when we click it we will see the details
| | 01:58 | over here on the right.
| | 01:58 | In this case, the subject is a
OneNote link in the task body.
| | 02:03 | So we have to click for details.
| | 02:05 | In this case, we are going to go here to
our Link to Task in OneNote. It's .ONE file.
| | 02:10 | And we double-click. We can open it up.
| | 02:12 | And you can see it takes us right back and
highlights the information in our OneNote page.
| | 02:19 | So that's automatic.
| | 02:20 | Now we don't see the details here
necessarily in Outlook, but double-clicking
| | 02:25 | the icon allows us to see
those details in OneNote.
| | 02:28 | Let's try it again.
| | 02:29 | Let's go back to OneNote here.
| | 02:31 | And we'll go to our TwoTrees notebook
this time, clicking the Revenues tab,
| | 02:36 | because we do have a meeting here as well.
| | 02:38 | And this is in the Meetings
page of our Revenue section.
| | 02:42 | Underneath Notes, let's just add some
notes here, but make it a task for today.
| | 02:46 | So I'll click the Outlook Tasks > Today.
| | 02:48 | This meeting is later on today, so let's
finalize numbers on June and Q3 spreadsheets.
| | 03:02 | Press Enter, just drop down a line.
| | 03:04 | Bring rev generation ideas. There we go.
| | 03:11 | So we've got some information
that's just been added to OneNote.
| | 03:15 | Now we are going to close the notebook.
| | 03:16 | So we'll right click TwoTrees5
and we'll click Close This Notebook.
| | 03:20 | So it's not even open.
| | 03:21 | It takes us back to our Personal5 notebook.
| | 03:23 | Let's go over to Outlook.
| | 03:25 | Looks like we've got a brand-new one
here under Today, Finalize numbers. You can
| | 03:29 | see on the June and Q3 spreadsheet.
| | 03:32 | So that first line of text becomes the subject.
| | 03:34 | If we need the details we can double-
click the OneNote icon and we can open it.
| | 03:41 | And it takes us directly to our
TwoTrees notebook, which is reopened now.
| | 03:45 | So although we've closed it, it's reopened
and you can see that our task is highlighted.
| | 03:50 | So it takes us directly to the
information we need, right at our fingertips
| | 03:54 | from Outlook to OneNote.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
6. Working with TablesCreating a table| 00:00 | When you need to organize text on a
page in a OneNote notebook the best option
| | 00:04 | is to create a table.
| | 00:06 | Sometimes tables are created for you.
| | 00:09 | We saw in a previous lesson in our Bird
Watching section here of our Personal6
| | 00:13 | notebook, when we used Outlook to
bring Meeting Details onto a page in a
| | 00:19 | notebook that it
automatically creates a table for us.
| | 00:21 | In this case you can see we've
got two columns and four rows.
| | 00:25 | This was created for us automatically.
| | 00:27 | We see the Subject, Date, Location
etcetera down the left-hand side and we see
| | 00:31 | the contents on the right-hand side.
| | 00:33 | That's as an example of a table created for us.
| | 00:36 | But let's talk about
creating your own tables now.
| | 00:39 | Let's move to a different notebook.
| | 00:40 | We will go to the Two Trees6 notebook.
| | 00:42 | We will go to the AGM section
with the Agenda page selected.
| | 00:48 | We've got nothing on this page.
| | 00:50 | Let's say we want an overview of the
agenda for our Annual General Meeting.
| | 00:54 | All we have to do is click anywhere
on the page where we want it to go.
| | 00:58 | You'll notice that a little note border appears.
| | 01:02 | Let's just stretch it out a little bit.
| | 01:04 | This may become necessary later on as we
modify our table and its width and so on.
| | 01:09 | To create a table, you have two options.
| | 01:12 | Let's go to the Insert tab, and on the
Ribbon you'll see a group here for Tables.
| | 01:17 | This Table button is actually a drop-down,
so you have two options when you click this.
| | 01:21 | You can simply move across and down to
the number of rows and columns you need,
| | 01:25 | or you can go down to the very bottom
and click Insert Table. Let's do that.
| | 01:30 | You'll see this little dialog box where
you can type in the number of rows and
| | 01:34 | columns that you need for your table.
| | 01:36 | Well, let's click Cancel because a
faster way is to go back, click this button,
| | 01:41 | and just simply hover
over the number of squares.
| | 01:44 | You can see as we go to the edge, the
biggest table we can create here is 10x8.
| | 01:48 | So the Insert Table option at the bottom
is great for table greater than 10x8.
| | 01:54 | So let's say we just need 2
columns and 4 rows. 2x4.
| | 01:59 | Once you see that highlighted or selected,
just click, and the table is created for you.
| | 02:03 | You'll see 2 equal columns and 4 equal rows.
| | 02:07 | Now we are ready to start typing content.
| | 02:09 | So let's just type-in Day, press your
Tab key, moves you to the next cell.
| | 02:15 | If there is contents there, it gets
highlighted, so you can type right over it.
| | 02:18 | These are empty cells, so all we have
to do is type in... Let's do Speaker.
| | 02:23 | Let's say we want Speaker Name.
| | 02:24 | It's not quite wide enough.
| | 02:26 | When you hit the Spacebar to continue
and start typing Name, notice that the
| | 02:29 | column stretches out for you
to accommodate the widest entry.
| | 02:33 | Now we are ready to just tab
again, move down to the next cell.
| | 02:36 | We can start typing in for example Day 1
and it looks like we are missing the time.
| | 02:43 | So that's something we can
tackle a little bit later.
| | 02:45 | Right now though I want
you to see what's happening.
| | 02:48 | Up at the top on the Ribbon we see the
Table tools automatically, because we
| | 02:51 | are inside a table.
| | 02:53 | So whether you create a new table or go
back to modify an existing table, these
| | 02:58 | Table tools will show up in
the Layout tab of your Ribbon.
| | 03:01 | You've got a number of options for
selecting tables, columns, rows, and cells.
| | 03:05 | Same thing for deleting and
inserting rows and columns.
| | 03:09 | You've got Border options and
Alignment options for the content itself.
| | 03:13 | So for example if we click here where
Day 1 appears, the number 1, that should
| | 03:18 | maybe be right aligned.
| | 03:19 | We will click the Align Right, and
you can see now it's over here on the
| | 03:22 | right-hand side of the column, and
now we could type-in a speaker name.
| | 03:26 | Let's go ahead and type-in your own
name there, and we are ready to continue.
| | 03:31 | So we've got all of these
options for modifying our table.
| | 03:35 | Well, once you've created your table,
and you know exactly what's going to go
| | 03:39 | in there, you can start entering your
content and always know you can go back
| | 03:43 | and make modifications.
| | 03:44 | That's what we are going to do next.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Working with rows and columns| 00:00 | When you create a table here in a
OneNote notebook, odds are pretty good
| | 00:04 | you are going to have to come back and make
some modifications, such as changing the
| | 00:08 | number of columns or
changing the number of rows.
| | 00:11 | And that's what we are going to do right now.
| | 00:12 | We are going to use our AGM
section here of our Two Trees6 notebook.
| | 00:17 | On the Agenda page where we've started a
table we realize we need another column
| | 00:21 | here where we show the time.
| | 00:23 | So we are going to have speakers
throughout the day at different times.
| | 00:27 | And we need to add a column for those times.
| | 00:30 | So what we are going to do is
click anywhere in the table.
| | 00:33 | So if you click on the right-hand side you
know you need to insert a column to the left.
| | 00:36 | If you click in the first column, you'll
need to insert a brand-new column to the right.
| | 00:41 | And any time you click inside a table
you'll see on the Ribbon just above the
| | 00:45 | Layout tab the Table tools.
| | 00:46 | So you can click there to see all those options.
| | 00:49 | Now over here we've got Select,
Delete and then the Insert group.
| | 00:54 | And here is where we can
insert both rows or columns.
| | 00:57 | And you can see because I've clicked in
the first column I need to insert a new
| | 01:00 | column to the right.
| | 01:01 | And that's the last button in the group,
adds a new column, so I will click.
| | 01:05 | And there is our brand-new column.
| | 01:07 | You can see that the contents are empty
although those blank cells are selected.
| | 01:12 | That means we can continue
to work with this column.
| | 01:14 | But we are just going to click in the very
top row here of our new column and type in Time.
| | 01:19 | Now we'll just click below
that and we will type in 9am.
| | 01:24 | If you need additional rows, maybe we
need a new row after that header row
| | 01:30 | where we see Day, Time and Speaker Name,
just to leave a space between it and
| | 01:34 | the contents below.
| | 01:35 | So with our cursor flashing here on
the second row, we can insert a brand-new row,
| | 01:40 | in this case above our flashing cursor.
| | 01:43 | So we'll go to the Insert group once
again, Insert Above and you can see rows
| | 01:47 | are highlighted, just click once
and there is your brand-new row.
| | 01:51 | And you could do this as many times as
you need for as many rows as you need.
| | 01:54 | Same thing goes for deleting.
| | 01:56 | We don't need that last row, so
we click anywhere in the last row.
| | 01:59 | And we can delete a row by clicking
Delete Rows or Delete Columns, entire tables.
| | 02:05 | Let's click Delete Rows
and that last row is gone.
| | 02:08 | So we've got Day 1, 9am, David Rivers.
| | 02:10 | We don't need to put a 1 in
here again in the Day column.
| | 02:14 | We'll just change it to 1 pm, tab over and
type in a new name here. Let's do Karen Corey.
| | 02:22 | And maybe we need an additional column here.
| | 02:24 | We got the Speaker Name. How about
who they are, like what their title is?
| | 02:28 | So in this case let's say I add
another column after our current column.
| | 02:32 | So in this case when we go to the Insert.
We want to insert to the right. Give it a click.
| | 02:38 | And there is our new column.
| | 02:39 | Notice it's the same width
as our first two columns.
| | 02:42 | The only one that's a little bit
wider was made wider automatically as
| | 02:45 | we enter content.
| | 02:46 | So it always accommodates the widest entry.
| | 02:49 | And we'll just type in Title here.
| | 02:53 | And let's add some titles, CEO, and for Karen
Corey, let's put her in as the VP of Marketing.
| | 03:01 | And you can see it
stretches out the column for us.
| | 03:04 | So inserting and deleting rows and
columns is really no problem at all.
| | 03:08 | You can always modify your table after
the fact, because the odds are pretty
| | 03:12 | good that when you create a table, you
are not going to get the exact number of
| | 03:16 | rows and columns right the first time.
| | 03:18 | We'll always be able to come back and do this.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Formatting tables and data| 00:00 | When you create a table here in a
OneNote notebook and start adding content you
| | 00:04 | realize you may want to reformat that
content, even reformat the table itself
| | 00:10 | to make it stand out.
| | 00:12 | That's we are going to do right
now with our TwoTrees6 notebook.
| | 00:15 | In the AGM section, right on the Agenda
page here at the front, we started our table.
| | 00:20 | We've got some content in here and now
it's time to spruce it up a little bit.
| | 00:24 | We are going to start with the column widths.
| | 00:27 | Automatically, you get the default column
widths like we see here in the first two columns.
| | 00:31 | And in this case our content fits
okay within those column widths.
| | 00:35 | Other columns stretch out
automatically to accommodate the widest entry.
| | 00:39 | But you can also control the
width of those columns yourself.
| | 00:43 | And that's we are going start
out doing here with the Title.
| | 00:46 | First of all, we'll just go to the edge
of the table and when you move to the
| | 00:49 | right edge you see this double arrow.
| | 00:51 | When your cursor changes to the
double arrow you can click, hold your
| | 00:54 | button down, and drag out to the
right or to the left if you wanted to
| | 00:57 | squeeze it together.
| | 00:58 | But we want to make it a little wider
so we are going to go out to the right.
| | 01:02 | Notice the width of your note itself.
| | 01:04 | Don't worry about that.
| | 01:05 | Let's go to the Speaker Name now
and stretch that one out as well.
| | 01:08 | So we are on the border between
the Speaker Name and the Title here.
| | 01:12 | We'll click-and-drag out to the right as well.
| | 01:15 | Now we are approaching the border of the note.
| | 01:16 | And look what happens when we go past it.
| | 01:18 | It just stretches it out for us.
| | 01:20 | So it's always going to accommodate our table.
| | 01:22 | Let's stretch out the Day
and Time a little bit as well.
| | 01:25 | We'll click-and-drag each of those borders
so that it's a little more spaced out for us.
| | 01:32 | So that's the table itself.
| | 01:33 | We can do the same with the rows.
| | 01:35 | Now when you move to a border between the row,
you'll notice you don't get that double arrow.
| | 01:40 | But if you need more space, for
example, for our header row here, as we'll
| | 01:44 | call it, you can click inside any one of those
and just hit Enter or Return on your keyboard.
| | 01:49 | And that creates the extra line.
| | 01:51 | If you wanted to, you could go up to
the top here, let's say at the beginning
| | 01:55 | of Day and hit Enter.
| | 01:57 | You can see what happens there.
| | 01:59 | It just moves the entire table down.
| | 02:01 | So if you want to create space
within the note you can do that as well.
| | 02:05 | Now let's talk about the contents themselves.
| | 02:07 | For example, this entire first row
which we are calling the header row,
| | 02:10 | let's format the contents.
| | 02:12 | To do that, and when you click anywhere in a
table again, once again you see the Table tools.
| | 02:17 | You can click up there on the Ribbon.
| | 02:19 | We have some options for selecting rows
and columns over here in the Select group.
| | 02:23 | Let's start by selecting the entire row.
| | 02:26 | Because we are flashing
away there in the first row,
| | 02:29 | we can click to select the entire first row.
| | 02:32 | Now we are ready to start formatting.
| | 02:35 | And we can do that by
going back to the Home tab.
| | 02:37 | We've got a number of text formatting
options here in the Basic Text group.
| | 02:41 | Let's bold and underline the contents.
| | 02:45 | And we can also change the
alignment right from here.
| | 02:47 | Instead of left alignment, go to
center to see what that looks like.
| | 02:51 | That looks pretty good.
| | 02:52 | You can change the size.
| | 02:54 | Maybe make it a little bit
bigger. Let's go up to 14.
| | 02:57 | When we go back to our Table tools we
also have the ability here to change the
| | 03:01 | alignment of our content in the Alignment group.
| | 03:03 | So you'll notice Center is
now selected here as well.
| | 03:06 | Down below let's go down to the Day and
let's say we want to select a group of cells.
| | 03:10 | We can just click-and-drag over the cells.
| | 03:13 | Now when you try to go down notice
what happens. You can see selecting that's
| | 03:17 | going on in the cells to the right.
| | 03:19 | As we move a little further down, we are
not able to just select anything in this
| | 03:23 | column, but we are also
selecting the cells to the right.
| | 03:27 | So that's not going to work for us
if we wanted to just format the cells
| | 03:31 | underneath the Day column here.
| | 03:33 | So in this case we might want
to select the Day column itself.
| | 03:37 | And we can do that by going to Select Columns.
| | 03:40 | Now we do get the entire column selected.
All we are going to do is change the
| | 03:44 | alignment to Center for everything.
| | 03:45 | And it's already set that way
for the title Day. So that's okay.
| | 03:49 | We will just click Center and everything
gets centered that way just in that column.
| | 03:54 | Everything else looks okay the way it is.
| | 03:56 | You may want to change things like the
fonts, the font face itself, the size
| | 04:00 | we've already changed.
| | 04:02 | All of those options when it comes to
formatting text are available to you
| | 04:05 | here inside the table.
| | 04:06 | It's just a matter of
selecting the right content.
| | 04:10 | Now if we click after the last entry here,
VP of Marketing right after the GN Marketing,
| | 04:15 | we have no further rows.
| | 04:16 | Now we can insert new rows.
| | 04:18 | Let's see what happens when we
press the Tab key on our keyboard.
| | 04:21 | A brand-new row is created for
you, so you can start typing in
| | 04:25 | additional content here.
| | 04:27 | Keep in mind though that the formatting
may not exist for that new row, because
| | 04:31 | it wasn't there when we
were doing our formatting.
| | 04:33 | So if we type in Day 2 for example,
notice the 2 is on the left-hand side.
| | 04:38 | But we can center that easy
enough by clicking the Center button.
| | 04:42 | Now we could continue typing
in additional content here.
| | 04:48 | Each time you press Tab at the very
last row in the table, a brand-new row
| | 04:52 | is created for you.
| | 04:54 | When you are done with your content
and your formatting, you get a good idea
| | 04:57 | of what that's going to look like just by
clicking anywhere outside the note itself.
| | 05:02 | Notice the table borders are visible here.
| | 05:04 | That's the default.
| | 05:05 | If you don't like seeing
those borders, no problems.
| | 05:07 | Just click anywhere inside the table.
| | 05:10 | Again, your Layout tab has Table
tools that are displayed for you.
| | 05:14 | You'll notice one here to hide borders.
| | 05:16 | And when you click that, the borders are gone.
| | 05:18 | Click outside the note and you can see
everything is still nicely organized in
| | 05:22 | columns and rows, but we
don't see those table borders.
| | 05:26 | You can only do it for the entire
table, for the whole thing or none of it.
| | 05:30 | So if you prefer to see those borders,
click anywhere inside the table and
| | 05:34 | toggle that off by clicking
the same button for Hide Borders.
| | 05:37 | It will display the
borders and you've got them back.
| | 05:40 | So that's how we format our tables
and the content within those tables.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Moving tables and data| 00:00 | When you create a table in a OneNote
notebook, you may want to move that table
| | 00:04 | around and you may even want to
move the contents of the table around.
| | 00:08 | So that's what we're going to do right
now with our TwoTrees6 notebook in the
| | 00:11 | AGM section with the Agenda page selected.
| | 00:14 | We start at this table.
| | 00:15 | We're going to start with the content,
where we see Day 2 and the Time, the
| | 00:21 | Name and the Title.
| | 00:22 | Maybe we want to move that content.
| | 00:25 | We know that we can click anywhere in the table.
| | 00:27 | We're going to see our
Table tools on the Layout tab.
| | 00:30 | So if we want to select a row for example,
you might be thinking okay, I want to
| | 00:33 | cut this and maybe paste it
in an empty row down below.
| | 00:37 | So we leave a little space between days.
| | 00:40 | That's an option but there's a faster way.
| | 00:42 | You may notice when you start moving
around the various rows in your table,
| | 00:46 | there's this little icon that
appears off to the left-hand side.
| | 00:50 | That allows you to select an entire row.
| | 00:53 | So for example, if we go down to the
row, for Day 2, 9am, Winston Barry and
| | 00:58 | click on that icon, you notice
that the entire contents are selected.
| | 01:02 | With our mouse still over the icon, we can
click-and-drag down and watch what happens.
| | 01:07 | The contents move down to the next row.
| | 01:10 | When we release, we've easily moved the
data down to the next row, thus leaving
| | 01:15 | an empty row between days, simple as that.
| | 01:19 | Cutting and pasting is
obviously going to work as well.
| | 01:21 | There are just more steps involved.
| | 01:22 | Now, to move the table around,
well we don't actually select table.
| | 01:26 | If we go to select the table, you'll
notice what's really happening is all of
| | 01:30 | the contents in the table are being selected.
| | 01:33 | So we could do things to the contents
like change the formatting, if you want a
| | 01:36 | different font for example. That's great.
| | 01:38 | If we want to actually move the
table, we move the note itself.
| | 01:41 | So you see the border the around the note.
| | 01:43 | It doesn't matter if the
contents are selected or not.
| | 01:46 | We can move this table wherever we want,
and then just click outside the note
| | 01:51 | itself to see what that's
going to look like on the page.
| | 01:54 | If you don't like it, just move it to the
appropriate location and deselect again.
| | 01:59 | Notice that when you do click the
border at the top here for a note that
| | 02:02 | contains a table, the entire contents
are selected within that table as well.
| | 02:07 | So it's another way if we want to
change formatting, maybe change the font for
| | 02:11 | example to something different.
| | 02:13 | Let's go to Arial maybe.
| | 02:16 | You can see the end
result there looks pretty good.
| | 02:18 | So that's all there is to moving your
table around on the page and moving
| | 02:22 | contents within your table.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
7. Using Writing ToolsWorking in Pen mode| 00:00 | Over the years tablet PCs
have grown in popularity.
| | 00:03 | They allow you to be mobile.
| | 00:05 | You don't need a mouse and a keyboard.
| | 00:06 | You simply use a pen and you write or draw
directly on the screen of your tablet PC.
| | 00:12 | You could even have tablets
connected to a PC if you prefer to use
| | 00:16 | something known as Pen Mode.
| | 00:18 | OneNote 2010 is perfectly
compatible with those devices.
| | 00:22 | You can use Pen Mode to create your own
drawings, even write your own notes in
| | 00:27 | your own handwriting.
| | 00:28 | So let's do that using our TwoTrees7 notebook.
| | 00:31 | We're in the AGM section
using the page titled Room Setup.
| | 00:35 | Well, we've already got some ink here.
| | 00:37 | You can see some shapes were drawn,
but also some freehand shapes were drawn
| | 00:41 | here, the various rows for our seating.
| | 00:43 | Let's start with our mouse just clicking-
and-dragging down towards the bottom of
| | 00:47 | the page to create some extra space.
| | 00:50 | Let's say we want to draw
some addition rows here.
| | 00:53 | Now you'll need a tablet connected to
your PC or you'll need to be using a
| | 00:57 | tablet PC in Pen Mode.
| | 00:59 | How do we get to Pen Mode?
| | 01:00 | Well, all we need to do in OneNote is
go to the Draw tab of the Ribbon, click
| | 01:05 | there, and you'll see that we've got a
number of different Pen tools to choose
| | 01:10 | from which will take us into Pen Mode.
| | 01:12 | But there are different Pen Modes to discuss.
| | 01:14 | First though, notice that the current
tool that's selected is called Select & Type.
| | 01:20 | That's because when we move our mouse
around the page, you can see, we can
| | 01:23 | actually click and drag over text to select it.
| | 01:26 | You can click to start typing.
| | 01:29 | This is our default tool, Select & Type.
| | 01:31 | But if you want to go to Pen Mode,
you'd choose one of the pens.
| | 01:35 | Now there are Built-In Pens to
choose from with various colors.
| | 01:39 | Click the drop-down to see a full list
of the Built-In Pens, even highlighters.
| | 01:44 | There are More Colors & Thickness Options.
| | 01:48 | If we go to the very bottom of this menu,
notice that Pen Mode appears and there
| | 01:52 | are several different Pen Modes.
| | 01:55 | The default Pen Mode when you select
one of these pens is to Create Both
| | 01:58 | Handwriting and Drawings.
| | 02:01 | So if you want to be able to write and
create drawings, this is the perfect mode for you.
| | 02:06 | If you only want to use Pen Mode for
drawings or for handwriting, you have
| | 02:09 | those options as well.
| | 02:11 | You can even use your pen
as a pointer like a mouse.
| | 02:14 | So you can point and click on things
and so on just by tapping your screen.
| | 02:18 | We want to keep Both Handwriting
and Drawings turned on for Pen Mode.
| | 02:21 | So make sure that's selected.
| | 02:23 | All you have to do is select a pen to
move into that Pen Mode. So let's do that.
| | 02:28 | It looks like we need some
black lines here, thick enough.
| | 02:31 | So we'll click the drop-down.
| | 02:33 | We've got Built-In Pens.
| | 02:34 | Let's go to the middle here for 1
millimeter thickness for a Black Pen.
| | 02:38 | We'll click that to select it.
| | 02:39 | Now we're in Pen Mode.
| | 02:41 | Notice Select & Type is no longer
selected here in the Ribbon and as you move
| | 02:45 | your mouse around, it's
turned into this little dot.
| | 02:48 | That dot is your pen.
| | 02:50 | You can use your mouse,
but it's a little bit awkward.
| | 02:53 | If you do have a pen or a tablet,
it's time to switch to that now.
| | 02:56 | That's what I'm going to do.
| | 02:57 | We're just going to move over the pad or
tablet and we're going to draw that last line.
| | 03:03 | So just push your pen down and slide
it across the screen or the tablet to
| | 03:10 | draw that forth line.
| | 03:11 | Now it does look a little
bit thinner than the others.
| | 03:15 | So there are ways for us to select
and modify things that we write or draw.
| | 03:19 | First of all, we need to
move back to Select & Type Mode.
| | 03:23 | So I'll click that on the Ribbon.
| | 03:26 | Now we need to select
what it is we want to modify.
| | 03:28 | Let's go to the right-hand side here and
anywhere on the line itself click to select it.
| | 03:33 | Notice that we've got in the Insert
Shapes area here of our Ribbon, a Color
| | 03:37 | & Thickness button.
| | 03:38 | So we can click that to change colors,
lots of different colors to choose from
| | 03:42 | or just simply change the Thickness.
| | 03:45 | So we'll do 1.5 millimeters and click OK.
| | 03:47 | Now you can see that's much thicker and
matches better with the previous seating.
| | 03:53 | Let's do it again for the one on the left.
| | 03:54 | We'll click once, but this time, notice
the mini toolbar shows up and the Color
| | 03:59 | & Thickness button appears there as well.
| | 04:01 | So we can go directly to it from here.
| | 04:03 | One click, choose the
appropriate thickness and click OK.
| | 04:08 | We can also modify the shapes. If we
went a little bit too far off to the right
| | 04:11 | there, we can use the handles
to bring it in a little bit.
| | 04:15 | We can move the entire thing, if we
want to move the back a little bit.
| | 04:20 | So it goes for any of these shapes.
| | 04:22 | You can change their sizes. Go to about there.
| | 04:28 | That looks good and deselect just by
clicking anywhere on the page itself.
| | 04:33 | Now because our Pen Mode also allows us
handwriting, we can go back to any one of our pens.
| | 04:38 | Let's go to a thinner one
this time, .5 millimeters.
| | 04:42 | Now we'll use the pen to do some handwriting.
| | 04:45 | I want you to go underneath Person
Responsible and just simply write your own name here.
| | 04:50 | So I'm going to write my name.
| | 04:52 | You can imagine if you were taking
notes, you can use your own handwriting.
| | 05:01 | Something you'd be able to read, simple as that.
| | 05:07 | So we've got both Drawings and
Handwriting enabled in this particular Pen Mode.
| | 05:11 | So that's all there is to switching to
Pen Mode and using your tablet PC or a
| | 05:17 | tablet that's connected to your PC.
| | 05:20 | But of course, there's much more that we can
do with Pen Mode with drawings and with writing.
| | 05:25 | So in the next lesson, we'll
talk about making modifications.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Manipulating written notes and drawings| 00:00 | When working in Pen Mode here in
OneNote 2010, especially if you're new to it,
| | 00:05 | odds are pretty good
| | 00:05 | you're going to have to make some
modifications to your drawings, even your
| | 00:08 | handwriting, if it doesn't turn
out perfectly the first time.
| | 00:11 | So we're going to talk about some
options, some tools in Pen Mode for
| | 00:15 | manipulating your drawings and your writing.
| | 00:18 | We're still working with our
TwoTrees7 notebook in the AGM section here in
| | 00:22 | the Room Setup page.
| | 00:23 | And we're in Pen Mode, so we've got
this little dot that's following us around
| | 00:27 | with our pen or if you're using your
mouse, it can be in Pen Mode as well.
| | 00:30 | But let's just switch over
to the Select & Type Mode.
| | 00:34 | So up here on the Ribbon in the
Draw tab, we'll click Select & Type.
| | 00:37 | This is our default mode.
| | 00:38 | This is where we see our actual I-beam pointer.
| | 00:42 | So as you move around your page, you see
the I-beam for selecting and typing text.
| | 00:46 | But we also use it for manipulating text.
| | 00:49 | So if we want to move some of these
things around like the last row here, if we
| | 00:52 | need to move it up, we can click and drag.
| | 00:55 | Same thing goes for the handles.
| | 00:57 | We have to be in this mode
to be able to change the size.
| | 01:00 | If we click on a shape like our
rectangle here, we can make the table a little
| | 01:04 | bit wider by going to those handles.
| | 01:07 | When you see the double arrow, click and
drag with your mouse, as simple as that.
| | 01:10 | And we can move the seats around.
| | 01:13 | Spread them out just a little bit. There we go.
| | 01:18 | Even size them up if we want
them to match a little better.
| | 01:22 | So once we're in this mode and even
though we're not in Pen Mode, we're working
| | 01:26 | with things that were created in
Pen Mode, they're just like objects.
| | 01:30 | And we'll get them all looking nice here.
| | 01:32 | We can also make modifications not
just to sizing and moving things around,
| | 01:37 | but if we wanted to change the color
for the head seat here for example, we've
| | 01:41 | got Color & Thickness. We'll go there.
| | 01:43 | Let's just change the
color to a nice bright red.
| | 01:46 | So our keynote will be sitting in the red
seat, so I can see it's changed color now.
| | 01:51 | Let's just deselect by clicking
anywhere outside the selected object.
| | 01:55 | Same thing goes for handwriting.
| | 01:57 | You can see when we click on parts of
our handwriting, each of the characters.
| | 02:03 | You can see in this case the
capitals at the beginning are separated from
| | 02:06 | the rest of our text.
| | 02:08 | But we can select them if we want
to manipulate them, move them around.
| | 02:11 | There are some other options though
for selecting, like the Lasso tool.
| | 02:16 | In this case, if we want all of our name,
both beginning and last name, we could
| | 02:20 | go to the Lasso Select.
| | 02:23 | And in this case, we'd just click
and drag, encircling both names.
| | 02:29 | And they're both selected like one
object, and now we can move this around.
| | 02:32 | So when you move to the border for
example or inside anywhere, see the
| | 02:35 | four-sided arrow. You can move it around.
| | 02:37 | You can resize it as well,
make it bigger or smaller.
| | 02:44 | And that's how the Lasso Select tool works.
| | 02:46 | We could do that for example if we
wanted to select just the last row.
| | 02:50 | Watch what happens now when we go around the
last row here, both sections left and right.
| | 02:54 | You have to encompass the entire object.
| | 02:58 | If we get halfway through a row, notice
it doesn't get selected. That's good.
| | 03:02 | It's until we've encompassed the
entire object that it's selected.
| | 03:06 | Now we can move the entire last row, over
a little bit and back maybe, just like that.
| | 03:13 | Once you've got it in the right spot,
you can deselect just by clicking anywhere
| | 03:17 | outside the selected object.
| | 03:19 | So that's the Lasso Select.
| | 03:20 | What about erasing?
| | 03:21 | Maybe we want to take off a little
bit off the edge here of our back row,
| | 03:25 | even some of the other rows.
| | 03:26 | We do have a number of Eraser tools.
| | 03:28 | When you click the drop-down, you've
got a Small, Medium and Large Eraser or a
| | 03:32 | Stroke Eraser, which will
erase the entire stroke.
| | 03:35 | So let's start with the Medium Eraser.
| | 03:38 | And we'll just come off to the edge here.
| | 03:40 | You can see the size of
the Eraser, a little square.
| | 03:42 | And we'll just click and drag over the edge.
| | 03:45 | You can see how it takes
off the edge. There we go.
| | 03:48 | So you could do the same thing for any of
these, just to smooth them out a little bit.
| | 03:57 | That looks better.
| | 03:59 | And I'll come down in the middle here and
just create a little more space, more of
| | 04:03 | an aisle down the middle, just
like that by clicking and dragging.
| | 04:08 | So you could do it with a smaller or
bigger eraser, smaller for more detailed
| | 04:11 | areas, or the Stroke Eraser, which
will again remove the entire stroke.
| | 04:15 | Let's say we don't want that last row anymore.
| | 04:17 | Click the Stroke Eraser.
| | 04:18 | All I have to do is click once
and the entire stoke is removed.
| | 04:22 | Do the same for the
other side. And there we go.
| | 04:24 | We're back down to three rows.
| | 04:27 | So not much really to it. Once you've
got the hang of each of these tools for
| | 04:32 | selecting and erasing, you can
manipulate any of your objects including
| | 04:36 | handwriting here in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Converting handwriting to type| 00:00 | To me one of the coolest things about
Pen Mode in OneNote 2010 is the ability to
| | 00:05 | convert any text that you've written
either into text itself as if it were typed
| | 00:12 | or even into math equations.
| | 00:15 | So we're going to use our TwoTrees7 notebook.
| | 00:16 | Still working in the AGM section with
the Room Setup tab where we do have some
| | 00:20 | ink on our page including our names.
| | 00:23 | So if you were following along, you
maybe wrote your own name in Pen Mode here.
| | 00:27 | And we're going to convert that into text.
| | 00:30 | So the first step is to select it.
| | 00:32 | Let's use our Lasso Select.
| | 00:34 | We'll just click-and-
drag around the entire text.
| | 00:39 | So we get it all selected.
| | 00:40 | And you may have noticed here with
Draw tab selected on the Ribbon that we've
| | 00:45 | got a Convert group over
here at the very far right.
| | 00:48 | One of the options is to convert Ink into Text.
| | 00:52 | So if we click there, look what happens.
| | 00:54 | It's right underneath the
title Person Responsible.
| | 00:57 | It's spelled perfectly.
| | 00:58 | It was my own handwriting, but OneNote
was clever enough to convert that into
| | 01:02 | typed text to say David Rivers.
| | 01:05 | We'll go back to Pen Mode here.
| | 01:07 | Just click anyone of the Pen tools and
let's move down underneath our name and
| | 01:14 | we'll just write CEO.
| | 01:20 | In this case we're printing.
| | 01:21 | Let's put the periods in between and at the end.
| | 01:26 | And let's use the Lasso again to select that,
because each of these is a separate object.
| | 01:33 | And let's see what happens
when we convert that Ink to Text.
| | 01:36 | CEO, the dots are removed.
| | 01:38 | So it looks like a title.
| | 01:39 | I love this feature in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
8. Using Stationery and TemplatesUsing templates| 00:00 | OneNote 2010 includes a series of
templates to help you stay organized and add
| | 00:06 | some interest to the pages in your notebook.
| | 00:08 | We're going to work with
our TwoTrees8 notebook now.
| | 00:11 | We are going to start by
creating a brand-new section.
| | 00:14 | So we'll click the very last
tab to create a New Section.
| | 00:16 | We'll call this our User Conference.
| | 00:18 | We have a project coming up, our User
Conference for this year, and since we
| | 00:22 | create that new section and type in the
name, we're left with a new page, which
| | 00:28 | is untitled as well.
| | 00:29 | Now when you're applying templates to a
page in OneNote, it has to be to a new
| | 00:34 | page as opposed to an existing page.
| | 00:36 | Now I'm not just talking about changing
the color of the background, adding rule
| | 00:40 | lines and so on. We saw in an earlier lesson,
| | 00:43 | if we go up to the View tab, we have
the ability under the Page Setup group to
| | 00:47 | add page colors, different types of
rule lines and so on, but that's just the
| | 00:52 | background, sometimes known as stationary.
| | 00:55 | Some of the templates available to us
in OneNote are like stationary or
| | 00:59 | just adding some interest to the page,
but other templates will help you stay
| | 01:04 | organized providing placeholders for
certain types of content and so on.
| | 01:08 | So let's explore those now.
| | 01:10 | To access our templates we'll go
up to the New Page drop-down button.
| | 01:14 | So where we see to New Page, we'll just
click the drop-down. You'll see at the
| | 01:17 | very bottom something known as Page Templates.
| | 01:21 | If you've used Page Templates before,
you might see a list of previously used
| | 01:25 | once here, but click Page Templates to
open up the task pane here with templates
| | 01:29 | showing up and you'll see
the different categories.
| | 01:32 | We've got Academic, we've got a
number of blank ones, Business,
| | 01:35 | Decorative, etcetera.
| | 01:37 | The page that was created when we
created our new section is a blank page and
| | 01:41 | that's actually a template.
| | 01:43 | So there's a certain shape and size,and look
and feel to this template, which is very plain.
| | 01:48 | If we click the Blank drop-down button
to expand this, you'll see that we've got
| | 01:52 | the Default at the top.
| | 01:54 | There is Letter, etcetera.
| | 01:56 | And when we click these, we're actually
creating new page using that template.
| | 02:01 | Let's try another one such as Statement.
| | 02:05 | You can see that that's a
little bit different in shape.
| | 02:07 | It's still blank, but it's
differently sized than the rest.
| | 02:11 | So let's just close that up.
| | 02:12 | We will collapse it by clicking the
arrow and check out some of the other ones.
| | 02:17 | Keep in mind that we're creating a
User Conference section here and we might
| | 02:21 | want something to help us
stay organized with this project.
| | 02:23 | So let's go down to Planners
and click that to expand it.
| | 02:26 | Notice here we've got a Project To Do List.
| | 02:29 | That might be a good page to at be
right at the front of our section.
| | 02:32 | When we click that, you can
see how different this is.
| | 02:36 | First of all, the pages titled To Do List.
| | 02:38 | It's not just an untitled page anymore.
| | 02:40 | To Do List appears in the title area.
| | 02:43 | We've also got Project 1, Project
2, with a number of tasks, and we've
| | 02:47 | got checkboxes here.
| | 02:49 | Of course, all of these can be changed and
modified including the name of the project.
| | 02:54 | We've got an area for notes
next each on the right-hand side.
| | 02:57 | Check out the background. We've got
the pushpins and we've got that blue
| | 03:00 | background up in the corner.
| | 03:02 | Let's just collapse Planners for a
second and go up Business and expand that one.
| | 03:07 | Here you are going to see a number of
different templates for meetings but the
| | 03:11 | very first one is a Project Overview.
| | 03:13 | Maybe that would be a better
for this page for this section.
| | 03:16 | So we will select it.
| | 03:17 | And sure enough, you can see our
new page is called Project Overview.
| | 03:21 | Here we have templates and
placeholders for adding the name.
| | 03:25 | You can see the Description down below,
Goals, Resources, and as we scroll down,
| | 03:30 | there is quite a long list.
| | 03:31 | So this is a very long page.
| | 03:32 | It's formatted that way. Plus we get all
of the placeholders and a little bit of
| | 03:36 | formatting happening in the background.
| | 03:38 | Now if you don't care for the
placeholders, all you care about is making it look
| | 03:42 | snazzy, you can choose from a
number of decorative templates as well.
| | 03:47 | First, we will collapse the Business
section and expand Decorative and down
| | 03:51 | below you will see there is quite a long
list of decorative templates to choose from.
| | 03:56 | Now this is more like stationary.
| | 03:58 | So for example, if we go to Buildings.
| | 04:01 | You can see that it's a blank page
and in fact it's an untitled page.
| | 04:05 | So you have got a blank
canvas to work with here.
| | 04:08 | The only difference is what you see in
the background. And that goes for all of
| | 04:12 | these Decorative ones.
| | 04:13 | Let's try another one.
Flowers and Hearts, for example.
| | 04:15 | And we will try one more.
| | 04:19 | Let's go down to Sparks. It's kind of cool.
| | 04:22 | None of these are really
applicable to our User Conference project.
| | 04:26 | So let's go back up here now and as
we scroll up near the top, we will
| | 04:29 | collapse Decorative and we will go back to the
Business group and choose our Project Overview.
| | 04:34 | That's ideal for the first page
here in our User Conference section.
| | 04:38 | So now that we have got that, we don't
really need that first Untitled page.
| | 04:42 | So we will just right-click Untitled page,
and choose Delete from the pop-up menu.
| | 04:45 | Project Overview becomes our very first page.
| | 04:48 | Now we can come in here and
start typing in the information.
| | 04:51 | So we will click next to Project Name,
we will type in User Conference 2010.
| | 04:59 | Company Name. Two Trees Olive Oil Co.
| | 05:07 | And Presenter Name, we will type in
our names here and you have got the idea.
| | 05:11 | Now Description down below, you can
take out the text that's here but the text
| | 05:15 | is actually descriptive.
| | 05:16 | Here it says, "Describe the
project in non-technical terms."
| | 05:19 | So in this case, we would actually
highlight this and type right over it
| | 05:24 | the actual description of this project.
| | 05:27 | Now when you want to add another
new page or new sub-page, you can use
| | 05:30 | these templates as well.
| | 05:31 | And each time, you create a new
page, remember, you have all of these
| | 05:34 | templates to choose from.
| | 05:36 | Of course, it's more than what we
have just seen here that we can do with
| | 05:39 | templates, such as customizing your own.
| | 05:41 | We will cover that in the next lesson.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Saving as a template| 00:00 | So we now know that OneNote 2010
contains a number of templates that are
| | 00:04 | built-in for us to choose when
creating new pages in a notebook.
| | 00:09 | You can also create your own and
even access others from Office Online.
| | 00:15 | Here we are in our TwoTrees8 notebook.
| | 00:17 | We've created a new section called
User Conference and you can see we've got
| | 00:21 | our brand-new page called Project Overview
and it's using the Project Overview template.
| | 00:25 | We start to fill in some of the information.
| | 00:28 | Let's make a few changes though here.
| | 00:30 | We'll double-click the word
Project and change it to Conference.
| | 00:33 | This will be a nice template for us to
use each year when we create our project
| | 00:40 | for the User Conference for that year.
| | 00:43 | Down below, you can see we've got
information in here already, User Conference 2010.
| | 00:48 | Let's just take out the 2010,
so we can add that as needed.
| | 00:52 | The name of the company will stay the same.
| | 00:55 | The presenter name should stay the same.
| | 00:57 | So we made a couple of changes here.
| | 00:58 | Let's go up to the Title, and
let's just change the color of that.
| | 01:01 | So we'll select it, we'll go to the Home
tab, and change the Font color from the
| | 01:06 | Basic Text Group here to an even darker
blue, so I'll just go a little darker.
| | 01:12 | So we've made some changes
to the actual template itself.
| | 01:16 | Maybe we'd like to save this as a
template that we can use in the upcoming years
| | 01:21 | each time we get ready to
create the User Conference project.
| | 01:25 | Well, in that case, with our
Templates task pane still showing here--
| | 01:29 | And by the way if you've closed yours out
by clicking the Close button, you simply
| | 01:33 | get it back by going to the New Page drop-down
and selecting Page Templates, just like that.
| | 01:39 | Down below though, you're going to see
something that allows you to creating
| | 01:43 | new template and right below that, there's
only one link, Save Current Page as a Template.
| | 01:49 | So when you click this, you
just have to give it a name.
| | 01:52 | Let's call it Conference
Overview as opposed to Project Overview.
| | 01:57 | You can even set this as the default
template, so every time you create a new
| | 02:00 | page this is what you're going to get.
| | 02:02 | That doesn't make sense to us right now.
| | 02:03 | So we'll simply click Save and it's
now in a new category that gets created
| | 02:09 | called My Templates.
| | 02:11 | You'll always see all of your custom
templates together in the My Templates group.
| | 02:14 | So when you expand this, you'll be
able to select it for any new pages.
| | 02:19 | As soon as I click this, you can see
I've got a brand new page and it's
| | 02:22 | identical to the page that we just modified.
| | 02:26 | Let's right-click that
second page and delete it.
| | 02:29 | We don't really need it at this time,
but we will need it next year when we go
| | 02:32 | to create our User Conference Project for 2011.
| | 02:37 | So it's really simple to create your own,
and remember, you can do all kinds of
| | 02:41 | things with the page, changing
the look and feel, the contents,
| | 02:44 | the placeholders, and just simply go to the
very bottom of the Templates task pane
| | 02:49 | to save your current page as a template.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Choosing a default template| 00:00 | Well, by now you know that OneNote 2010
includes a number of built-in templates
| | 00:04 | to choose from, not only to change up
the look and feel of the background of
| | 00:08 | your page, but to even add
placeholders and sample content.
| | 00:12 | The other option you have is
to set up a default template.
| | 00:15 | The default template is applied to each
section of a notebook, so you can have
| | 00:20 | different default templates for
each of the sections in your notebook.
| | 00:23 | For example, here on our Two Trees8
notebook with our User Conference section
| | 00:28 | selected, we've created a custom template.
| | 00:31 | A custom template was based on an
existing template that had this blue bar
| | 00:36 | down the left-hand side, and you can
see the coloring of our content as well.
| | 00:41 | Well, maybe we want all of the new
pages in this section to have a
| | 00:44 | similar look and feel.
| | 00:46 | We don't need the placeholder content
for our Conference Overview on every new
| | 00:50 | page, but maybe the same look and feel.
| | 00:53 | So in that case, we want to make sure
that our Templates task pane is opened up.
| | 00:57 | If yours is not, just click the drop-down
next to New Page and click Page Templates.
| | 01:01 | That will open it up.
| | 01:03 | And down near the bottom, you'll
see we can choose a default template.
| | 01:07 | Down below that, you'll see the drop-down
button where it says No Default Template.
| | 01:12 | When No Default Template is selected, you
just get that blank page. Let's try it out.
| | 01:16 | I'll click New Page, there's our new
blank page, and you can see there's no
| | 01:20 | formatting whatsoever.
| | 01:22 | Let's go up to the Undo button in the
Quick Access toolbar here and undo that.
| | 01:26 | Let's try something different.
| | 01:29 | Let's go to our Decorative group here.
| | 01:32 | Let's scroll way down near
the bottom of this group.
| | 01:35 | You're going to see something that might work.
| | 01:41 | When we click Side Stripes, you'll
notice it looks very similar to our custom
| | 01:46 | template for our Conference Overview.
| | 01:48 | We may need to scroll over to see it all.
| | 01:52 | So that would be ideal if we could
use that as our default template.
| | 01:56 | So let's go down to the Default
Template drop-down and you're going to see an
| | 02:00 | alphabetical listing by category.
| | 02:02 | So remember, we got this
from the Decorative category.
| | 02:05 | So we'll go down until we start seeing
some of the decorative ones, there they are.
| | 02:10 | We're going to scroll way down until we see
Side Stripes - Decorative and select that.
| | 02:16 | Every time we create a new page in this
section only, we'll see a similar look
| | 02:21 | and feel, and it will give
us a consistent feel as well.
| | 02:24 | So let's go up to our untitled page,
we'll just right-click and delete that.
| | 02:29 | Now, every time we go to create a new page in
this section, let's click the New Page button.
| | 02:33 | You can see it's an untitled page but
it's got that similar look and feel to our
| | 02:39 | Conference Overview template
that we had in the previous page.
| | 02:44 | Now, if we go over to Revenues,
a different section in our notebook,
| | 02:46 | you'll notice that there's no default
template set up for this particular section either.
| | 02:51 | So you might have an untitled page there.
| | 02:53 | As we go through the different pages,
really there's no special formatting.
| | 02:58 | So in this case, we would
set up a new default template.
| | 03:01 | That could be anything.
| | 03:02 | So if we click this drop-down and we'll
just go to one of the Decorative options again.
| | 03:08 | Let's try Black and Green Title.
| | 03:12 | Every time we create a new page in this
section, we'll be using that custom template.
| | 03:17 | You can see it's got a nice kind of
feel for in this case our Revenue section.
| | 03:22 | Go back to User Conference and you
see that we still have our Side Stripes -
| | 03:26 | Decorative as our default
template for that section.
| | 03:29 | So it's a great way to stay organized.
The various sections in your template can
| | 03:34 | have their own special look and feel.
| | 03:37 | It'll help you to remember what
section you're in, and it will also allow for
| | 03:40 | a consistent look.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
9. Formatting PagesSetting paper size and margins| 00:00 | Working with pages in an OneNote
notebook is very different from the pages you
| | 00:04 | might work with, in a word
processing application like Microsoft Word.
| | 00:08 | When you've reached the bottom of the page
as you're typing, you're automatically
| | 00:11 | taken to a second page and so on.
| | 00:14 | Not true here in OneNote.
You have an infinite page.
| | 00:17 | Meaning you can continue typing down the page
as far as you need to go and out to the right.
| | 00:22 | It's infinite in space, which is
great if you're working electronically.
| | 00:27 | But what if you plan on
printing any of this content?
| | 00:30 | You want to be cognizant of
the various margins and paper size.
| | 00:35 | So, in this lesson, we're going to
use our TwoTrees9 notebook in the User
| | 00:39 | Conference section, working on the
Conference Overview page here, which was
| | 00:43 | based on a template.
| | 00:44 | But all we've got is
formatting and a look and feel.
| | 00:47 | We don't have a defined paper size.
| | 00:51 | So, it might be handy as we're taking
notes for example or adding content to see
| | 00:55 | where the bottom of the page is, or the
right-hand side of the page, so we can
| | 00:59 | start a new page and continue from there.
| | 01:01 | Well in that case, we want
to change the paper size.
| | 01:04 | So, we'll start by going to the View
tab on the ribbon. Clicking there opens up
| | 01:08 | this section of the ribbon and you'll
see a group called Page Setup containing
| | 01:12 | a button for Paper Size.
| | 01:14 | So, we'll click there which opens up
the task pane on the right-hand side,
| | 01:18 | displaying Paper Size.
| | 01:19 | And here's why. We have an infinite page.
| | 01:23 | The default size is set to Auto.
| | 01:25 | That means as you continue typing
down the page it grows with you.
| | 01:30 | Same thing, if you have a long note
to go that goes out to the right.
| | 01:33 | So you could be scrolling out to the right
and down forever with the Auto size selected.
| | 01:38 | If you plan on printing content, you
want to match up the paper size here to the
| | 01:43 | paper that's in your printer, so you
can see the edge of the paper on the
| | 01:46 | right-hand side and at the bottom.
| | 01:48 | So, let's click the drop-
down to see the presets.
| | 01:51 | Well, Letter is a very popular one,
8.5x11. There's Legal as well.
| | 01:55 | A4 very popular in European countries.
| | 01:58 | We have even got Postcards,
Index Cards, and so on.
| | 02:02 | And if you need to, you can create
your own custom paper size as well.
| | 02:07 | Let's go to Letter.
| | 02:08 | Now, since we do this,
something happens on our page.
| | 02:11 | First of all, at the top, you're going
to see the edge of the paper and a gray
| | 02:15 | border in the background.
| | 02:17 | You may need to scroll over to the
left to see the very left edge of the paper,
| | 02:21 | but as you scroll off to the right,
you'll see the right edge of the paper as well.
| | 02:27 | Same thing, as we scroll down
towards the bottom of the page.
| | 02:30 | You'll see the bottom of the paper and
you'll also get a good idea of where your
| | 02:35 | notes are going to be cut off.
| | 02:37 | So in this case, we might want to take
part of this list here, starting maybe
| | 02:41 | with Related Documents and just cut that
off of this page and put it on to a new page.
| | 02:47 | The other option is to
work with the note itself.
| | 02:50 | For example, we have a lot more room
off to the right-hand side here where we
| | 02:54 | can stretch out the border of our note.
| | 02:56 | As we move-in towards the note with
our mouse pointer, we see the border.
| | 03:00 | So let's just move to the right border,
and when you see the double arrow, just
| | 03:02 | click and drag it out to the right.
| | 03:04 | And you can see that gives us a little
width, which means we might have a little
| | 03:08 | more room on our page now.
| | 03:10 | As we scroll down, that's still
getting cut off just slightly.
| | 03:15 | So, in that case, we might want to
fiddle it a bit with the margins.
| | 03:19 | And you'll also notice in the Paper
Size task pane that we do have print
| | 03:23 | margins that are adjustable here as well.
| | 03:26 | The default set the Top and Bottom
being half an inch and on the Left and the
| | 03:30 | Right side of your paper one inch.
| | 03:32 | So, these are just defaults and can be changed.
| | 03:34 | Let's change the left and right.
| | 03:37 | We'll double-click in the left-hand field here,
on the one to highlight it, and just type 0.5.
| | 03:41 | Now we'll press Tab to move to the next field.
| | 03:45 | It highlights the contents so
we can type 0.5 and press Enter.
| | 03:50 | And that will lock it in.
| | 03:51 | You can press Tab as well
to move to the next field.
| | 03:54 | You can see we're still not quite
getting all of our content onto a single page
| | 03:58 | and that's the advantage of
setting up your paper size.
| | 04:01 | So, in this case I'm considering now
putting different paper in my printer.
| | 04:04 | I might want to use Legal.
| | 04:07 | So, in this case, I'm going to go to the
Size where it says Letter and choose Legal.
| | 04:12 | And now I've got 8.5x14 inches, all of
my margins stay set, and as I scroll down
| | 04:16 | towards the bottom, you can see
everything fits nicely on the page.
| | 04:20 | You can scroll pass by using the scroll
buttons to see the bottom of the paper
| | 04:25 | and in fact, we've got plenty of room
at the bottom and off to the right-hand
| | 04:29 | side for the contents of our notes.
| | 04:32 | So, setting up your paper size and
your print margins can be very important
| | 04:39 | if you plan on printing the contents
of a page here in one of your OneNote notebooks.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Changing page background options| 00:00 | In OneNote 2010, you have a number of
options for formatting the background of
| | 00:04 | your page, sometimes to add visual
interest, sometimes for color coding, or even
| | 00:09 | to help you stay organized.
| | 00:11 | We're going to use our TwoTrees9 notebook here
| | 00:14 | in the User Conference section.
| | 00:16 | And our Conference Overview page is currently
selected which has a plain white background.
| | 00:21 | Let's go to the next page,
which is an untitled page.
| | 00:25 | And you see it has the same template.
| | 00:27 | We've got that image down the left-
hand side, but it's the same blank page.
| | 00:31 | And let's just give it a title.
| | 00:32 | Let's type in Notes.
| | 00:34 | So, here's what we're going
to take some freehand notes.
| | 00:37 | We click down below and we might want
to start typing our notes, but let's say
| | 00:41 | we want to use Pen Mode.
| | 00:42 | In that case, it might be handy to have
rule lines like we'd see in the notebook
| | 00:47 | that we are writing on.
| | 00:48 | In that case, we go up to the View
tab on the ribbon and in the Page Setup
| | 00:52 | section, we're going to go to Rule Lines.
| | 00:54 | Now, if we just click the button,
you're going to get the default.
| | 00:57 | Let's go ahead and click it and you
can see this is a fairly wide rule.
| | 01:01 | Go up to the Undo button and just undo that.
| | 01:04 | And this time, we'll go to the Rule
Lines drop-down just below the button to
| | 01:08 | see the other options.
| | 01:09 | And you can see we've got some like
narrow rules, so if you want more lines,
| | 01:14 | you can choose that one, or if you want the
college-rule, go ahead and click the second one.
| | 01:21 | Or maybe you're going to use this page
for creating drawings, not notes at all.
| | 01:27 | In that case you might want grid paper
and there are grid lines to choose from.
| | 01:31 | Small, then you can see we got
medium, large, and extra large here.
| | 01:34 | Let's go to the medium grid,
and there's your rule lines.
| | 01:38 | In this case, they're grid lines and
this will be great for trying to maintain
| | 01:42 | scale in a drawing, for example.
| | 01:43 | You can also work with these lines,
if you want to change the color.
| | 01:47 | Right now, they're very light blue.
| | 01:49 | Let's go to the drop-down for Rule
Lines and change the Rule Line Color.
| | 01:54 | There it is, the default
with a checkmark, Light Blue.
| | 01:57 | But we can go to something
different, maybe Red for example.
| | 02:00 | And when we choose that it changes the
lines, and in this case let's just type
| | 02:05 | in Drawings instead of Notes
for the title of this page.
| | 02:09 | Now, we can also change the page color itself.
| | 02:12 | The color in the background
behind those grid lines is still white.
| | 02:15 | Let's go to the Page Color drop-down
and you'll see a palette here of a number
| | 02:20 | of different colors. They're all faded
so that they're not going to be too dark
| | 02:24 | and you'll be able to see what you type.
| | 02:26 | But as you hover over these, you'll see
the name of the color and we've got Red
| | 02:30 | already for our grid lines. So let's
go to a nice light blue here, the very
| | 02:34 | first one in the top left corner is Blue
and has a very light blue shading, but
| | 02:38 | it does adds some interest to the page,
and it might be useful too in color
| | 02:43 | coding your pages so you know
exactly what you're working on.
| | 02:46 | So, just part of the page background
involves rule lines, grid lines, and
| | 02:51 | changing your page color.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Adding a background graphic| 00:00 | In OneNote 2010, you can take an
image and put it in the background of your
| | 00:05 | page, so that it becomes part of the
page and it's not then an image that can be
| | 00:09 | moved around or edited.
| | 00:11 | That's something we will
see when we use a template.
| | 00:13 | For example, here on our TwoTrees9
notebook, anywhere in the User Conference
| | 00:17 | section here, you can see we've got
this image down the left-hand side.
| | 00:21 | If we go to the Conference
Overview, same thing here.
| | 00:24 | If we try to click on that image, we can't.
| | 00:26 | It's not an image that is
selectable or changeable.
| | 00:29 | At this point, it's part of the page background.
| | 00:32 | So, how do we create an image
that's part of the background?
| | 00:35 | Let's go to our Recipes section,
and we'll just go to the I-L(s) here.
| | 00:42 | By clicking the I-L page, we don't
really have anything on this page.
| | 00:45 | We have a sub-page.
| | 00:47 | But on this page, maybe we want to add an
image that's going to be part of the background.
| | 00:51 | So, in this case, we'll go up to
the Insert tab. We'll choose Picture.
| | 00:57 | There's some olives right
there in our 09_03 subfolder.
| | 01:01 | Select that and click Insert.
| | 01:02 | And now, we have the image sitting here
but notice that it's inside a note and
| | 01:08 | that's not really what we want in this case.
| | 01:10 | So, we're going to click the image itself.
| | 01:12 | It's now selected but we still the note border.
| | 01:15 | Let's just drag it down, so it's
no longer inside a note and release.
| | 01:20 | And you can see we've still got the
handles around the outside, so it's selected.
| | 01:24 | Now, we can size it.
| | 01:26 | Maybe size it down a little bit.
| | 01:28 | Move it to the appropriate location,
maybe one in the top-right corner of our page.
| | 01:33 | Now, to put it in the background so it's
part of our page, we simply right-click
| | 01:38 | anywhere on the image and
choose Set Picture as Background.
| | 01:42 | When you do that, you can see now it's
trying to start a brand-new note up here
| | 01:45 | because that's where we left off.
| | 01:47 | The image itself, if we
try to click on it, we can't.
| | 01:50 | We can't select it.
| | 01:51 | We're just creating a new
note, every time we click.
| | 01:55 | So, that's how we set it into the background.
| | 01:57 | This might give you a little bit of a
hint on how to create your own template.
| | 02:01 | So, if you wanted an image to be part
of that template page, just simply add
| | 02:05 | it to the background.
| | 02:06 | If we want it to remove this or modify it,
we'll go back to the image itself,
| | 02:10 | right-click and this time, we'll see
a checkmark next to Set Picture as
| | 02:14 | Background because it is part of the
background, but when we click Set Picture
| | 02:18 | as Background, it's brought to the foreground.
| | 02:21 | It's no longer a part of the page.
| | 02:23 | So, now you can move it into the right location.
| | 02:25 | Maybe it really belongs over here
underneath our title, and we can set it back
| | 02:30 | to the background, maybe size it
down just a little bit, right-click, Set
| | 02:34 | Picture as Background, and it's now back
to being part of the background and we've
| | 02:37 | got our new notes ready to go.
| | 02:40 | Again, if you wanted to remove it
altogether, you'd first have to right-click
| | 02:43 | the image itself so it's selected.
| | 02:47 | Where it says Set Picture as Background,
I'm going to click to deselect it and
| | 02:51 | then press your Delete key with
the selected image. It's gone.
| | 02:54 | It's no longer part of
the page nor the background.
| | 02:57 | But at any time if there's a graphic
image that you want to be part of your
| | 03:01 | page, you can set it to the
background, just like we did.
| | 03:04 | You could even take it to the next
level and create a template from that page.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
10. PrintingPrinting notes and selections| 00:00 | At some point the need may arise to
print some of the content in OneNote
| | 00:04 | notebook and we're going to look at a
couple of different methods in this lesson
| | 00:08 | using our TwoTrees10 notebook.
| | 00:11 | Let's start by going to the Recipes section.
| | 00:15 | Here's a great example of content that
we might want to print out to share with
| | 00:18 | someone else, or it could be from the
Revenue section, going into a Revenue
| | 00:23 | meeting and you've got handouts.
| | 00:25 | Either way, here in OneNote there's a
couple of different ways for selecting
| | 00:28 | exactly what it is you're going to print.
| | 00:31 | So here with our A-D page selected,
which also contains a number of sub-pages,
| | 00:36 | remember this is called a page group.
This will come in handy when we start to print.
| | 00:40 | Let's go to the traditional method
we've used other programs, Microsoft Word,
| | 00:45 | PowerPoint, etc, other applications.
Click the File tab to go to Backstage View,
| | 00:51 | click Print, and then click the Print
icon and typically this is where you're
| | 00:56 | going to go to do printing
in most other applications.
| | 00:59 | Notice here we get to choose our
printer. You'll see the default printer with
| | 01:02 | the checkmark. You've also got the
ability to select preferences, print ranges.
| | 01:08 | Now notice the Print Range
is the same as what we'd see in any
| | 01:11 | program, Word, PowerPoint, Excel.
We can print all, just a selection, if we
| | 01:16 | selected content, pages, or the
current page if we had the ability to select
| | 01:20 | Current Page here, which we don't.
| | 01:22 | We can also choose the number of
copies from here and collating or not.
| | 01:25 | So this is all standard Print dialog stuff.
| | 01:28 | Let's click Cancel and look at
another method, a method I would prefer to
| | 01:32 | use when using OneNote.
| | 01:35 | We'll go back to Backstage View,
we'll go down to Print, but this time
| | 01:38 | select Print Preview.
| | 01:42 | Here we get a preview of the current
page and notice for the Print Settings,
| | 01:47 | when we go to the Print Range,
| | 01:48 | we see examples that fit
an OneNote notebook better.
| | 01:52 | So Current Page is selected by default
perhaps, but you've also got the ability
| | 01:56 | to print a page group.
| | 01:58 | A page group is a page and all of its subpages.
| | 02:02 | So in this case, with our Print Preview,
we can use the navigation buttons to go
| | 02:06 | through the various pages in this page
group, and you'll notice when we get to
| | 02:10 | the end of Caesar Salad here,
we can't go any further.
| | 02:13 | That's the last aubpage of our page group.
| | 02:16 | If we go up and change the print
range to Current Section, well then we can
| | 02:20 | continue on through every page and
aubpage in the entire Recipes section.
| | 02:26 | You can see we can go on way past Page 6.
| | 02:28 | Now we can also change the paper size.
Letter is the default, so you want
| | 02:33 | to match this up with the paper that's
already in your printer, waiting to be printed on.
| | 02:38 | Scaling content to the paper width is
automatically set in OneNote. Because we
| | 02:42 | have an infinite width when working
in a notebook, you may want to scale it
| | 02:47 | down so it fits the width of the paper
that's going to be printed on, and then
| | 02:51 | down below you can choose your orientation.
| | 02:53 | You can also choose whether or not a footer,
| | 02:55 | that's information about the section
and the page numbers, etcetera, will appear
| | 02:59 | at the bottom of each page. By default,
you'll see the name of the section and
| | 03:03 | the page number itself.
| | 03:06 | So if we click the drop-down,
you'll see there are some other options.
| | 03:08 | Just the page number, just the name of the
section or no footer at all. Let's click None
| | 03:14 | and you can see it disappears
from the bottom of our Preview.
| | 03:17 | Now when you're ready to print and
you've made all of these selections, look
| | 03:21 | what happens when you click the Print
button. Notice the three dots or the
| | 03:24 | ellipses that appear after the word Print.
| | 03:27 | That means we're going to go back to
another dialog box. There we go, you can
| | 03:30 | see the pages are selected for us
according to our selection, which was to print
| | 03:34 | the entire section, and we still have
access to the various other options like
| | 03:39 | the number of copies and the
printer we want to send this to.
| | 03:42 | Clicking Print will actually send them off
to the printer according to your selections.
| | 03:46 | So let's click Cancel here, unless you
really want to print this entire section.
| | 03:52 | The other option is to
print just selected content.
| | 03:55 | Let's go to Baba Ghanoush and let's say we
want to print just the instructions here.
| | 04:00 | So we'll click inside the note, click
and drag across and down, so we select all
| | 04:05 | of the instructions, and now when we
go up to File and Print, again I prefer
| | 04:11 | always to go to Print Preview first.
| | 04:13 | You'll notice here that we've got the
Current Page selected. If we click the
| | 04:18 | drop-down, we can change it to any of
those other options again, but when we
| | 04:23 | click Print, we get to choose Selection,
which is already there for us actually,
| | 04:28 | because it knows that content has been selected.
| | 04:31 | So when we click Print this time, we're only
printing the information that was selected.
| | 04:36 | Go ahead and click Print if you want
to print that out and deselect just by
| | 04:39 | clicking anywhere outside the note.
| | 04:42 | So when it comes to printing
content in your OneNote notebook, I highly
| | 04:45 | recommend going through Print Preview
so you get a chance to see what it's
| | 04:48 | going to look like for one, but you'll
also have access to those OneNote options
| | 04:52 | that pertain to working with
the notebook here in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Modifying print options| 00:00 | When printing content from an OneNote
notebook, you may also want to consider
| | 00:04 | some other options when printing.
Those are the options that pertain to your
| | 00:07 | specific printer, and we're
going to take a look at those now.
| | 00:10 | Still using our TwoTrees10 notebook in
the Recipes section, looking at the Baba
| | 00:14 | Ghanoush page here, let's
say we want to print this page.
| | 00:17 | It has some color, it has an
image, and it has some text.
| | 00:21 | So we'll go up to our File tab to
go to Backstage View and click Print.
| | 00:25 | My order of events usually involves
going to Print Preview first, so I can see
| | 00:30 | what it's going to look like with the
current settings and then click Print,
| | 00:34 | and from here is where we can select
the actual Preferences or properties for
| | 00:39 | our specific printer.
| | 00:40 | Depending on what printer you
have, you're going to see different
| | 00:42 | properties than me, but we're
going to go through them right now by
| | 00:45 | selecting the appropriate printer
here in the Select Printer section and
| | 00:49 | then click Preferences.
| | 00:50 | Now when you click Preferences,
you're accessing the preferences for your
| | 00:54 | printer. These are not
necessarily the OneNote or page preferences.
| | 00:58 | So you're going to see some tabs
perhaps, in my case I'm looking at Printing
| | 01:02 | Shortcuts and I've got different
settings here for those shortcuts. They'll set
| | 01:06 | up my printer preferences for me.
| | 01:08 | If there is a photo in there, I might
want to include Photo Printing and when I
| | 01:13 | do that, you're going to see all of
these options over here change a little bit.
| | 01:17 | I'm using the letter size paper, the
paper type is plain, print quality is
| | 01:21 | normal and you can see my
orientation is set to portrait.
| | 01:25 | If I was just printing out photos,
Photo Printing-Borderless, you can see when I
| | 01:28 | click that, there's some information
here about my particular HP printer and how
| | 01:33 | I should handle the tray with photos.
I'm going to close this up, and look at
| | 01:38 | all the different changes that have
happened over here on the right-hand side.
| | 01:41 | You can see the size has changed, the
paper type definitely changed, same with
| | 01:46 | the quality, and so on.
| | 01:48 | As we scroll a little further
down, let's try another one.
| | 01:52 | Let's go to Fast/Economical Printing.
| | 01:55 | In this case you can see the
quality has changed to Fast Draft.
| | 01:58 | Now these are all things you can
change manually, but these are just Shortcuts
| | 02:02 | for my particular printer.
| | 02:04 | The one thing that can be very important,
no matter what printer you're using,
| | 02:07 | is whether or not you choose to print in color.
| | 02:10 | You may not want to use up your color
ink in an Inkjet printer or maybe it's
| | 02:14 | already running out and when you go to
print something, because the color ink is
| | 02:19 | running out, you get a poor quality.
| | 02:21 | So you only want to use the black ink.
In that case you're going to try to
| | 02:24 | find the Color option.
| | 02:26 | It may be a button.
| | 02:27 | It may be a tab like I have here.
| | 02:29 | You can see printing in color is
what happens for me automatically.
| | 02:32 | Now if you wanted to print in black
and white, you choose Print in grayscale,
| | 02:37 | but then you still have some additional options.
| | 02:39 | You can see there's a little Preview
icon over here. Click the drop-down and you
| | 02:43 | can choose black ink only.
| | 02:46 | Now sometimes even though you're
printing in high quality grayscale, it's going
| | 02:49 | to use the color cartridge
to achieve that high quality.
| | 02:53 | If you only want to use the black ink,
that's a great option, Black ink only.
| | 02:56 | Click OK and now you've setup your
options, you're ready to print the page.
| | 03:00 | Ib this case, I want to print Page 3 and
when I click print, off it goes to my
| | 03:06 | printer. I won't be able to see any of
this highlighting in yellow, my image
| | 03:09 | will be grayscale, but I'll only be
using the black ink in my printer, which by
| | 03:13 | the way is the cheaper ink
when it comes to economics.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
11. Sharing NotebooksSaving to other formats| 00:01 | In most programs, when you want to pass
a file on to somebody else, they need to
| | 00:04 | have the same program
you have to view that file.
| | 00:08 | Over here in OneNote, you can share
notebooks with other people who have
| | 00:12 | OneNote, but if they don't
have OneNote, what do you do?
| | 00:14 | Well, we're going to talk about
saving to different formats using our
| | 00:18 | TwoTrees11 notebook and let's
start by just going to a specific page.
| | 00:22 | In the Recipe section,
we'll select the Veggie Lasagna.
| | 00:26 | You have the ability here in OneNote
to save a single page or section or an
| | 00:30 | entire notebook to a different format.
| | 00:33 | To do this, all we have to do is go to
Backstage View by clicking the File tab
| | 00:37 | and then down to Save As.
| | 00:39 | When you click that, you'll notice
that you have the ability here to Save
| | 00:42 | the Current Page, the entire section,
or the entire notebook, and depending on
| | 00:48 | what you select here,
| | 00:49 | you'll see different options
here on the right-hand side.
| | 00:52 | For page and for section, if you click
section, you'll see the same options.
| | 00:56 | You can save it to another
section, an OneNote 2010 section.
| | 01:01 | If the person you want to give access
to this file to only has OneNote 2007,
| | 01:06 | you can convert it back to one of those
formats. Or maybe they don't have OneNote at all.
| | 01:12 | In this case, the most popular word
processor in the world, Microsoft Word,
| | 01:16 | might come in handy.
| | 01:17 | You can save your page or section to a
Word document, even to older Word formats.
| | 01:23 | We're going to be talking about
PDF and XPS a little later on.
| | 01:26 | You also have the ability to save
your content to a Single File Webpage.
| | 01:31 | In this case you can see it's a .mht
file, so there's some HTML involved.
| | 01:35 | People will be able to view it in their
browser and this can come in handy too
| | 01:39 | if you wanted to post any
of your content to a web site.
| | 01:43 | By the way, when you email content to
somebody, this is the default format
| | 01:47 | that's created, when you
email a page or a section.
| | 01:50 | So let's say the person that we want to
give this file to, this content to, only
| | 01:55 | has Microsoft Word and all we
need is page selected in this case.
| | 01:59 | We're going to click Word Document and
you have to keep in mind what version of
| | 02:03 | Microsoft Word they're using.
| | 02:05 | If they've got the latest version
of Word, Word 2007 or even Word 2010
| | 02:10 | that's just coming out, you would
then be able to save to a Word document
| | 02:13 | with the .docx extensions.
| | 02:15 | So let's select that.
| | 02:17 | When you click this it's selected, it's
highlighted, and all you have to do now
| | 02:20 | is click the Save As button down below,
and you get to give it a name, and you
| | 02:25 | get to choose where you're
going to do this as well.
| | 02:27 | Let's just put it on the Desktop.
| | 02:29 | Notice the name is Veggie Lasagna.
| | 02:31 | That's the name of the page, so you
see it right there and it's automatically
| | 02:35 | getting a .docx extension.
| | 02:37 | Now if you want to change your mind
at this point, you can just click the
| | 02:41 | drop-down and you'll see those
options again from the drop-down list.
| | 02:44 | So I maybe realize they have
an older version of Microsoft Word.
| | 02:47 | Then you would choose Microsoft Word
Document with the .doc extension, there you
| | 02:52 | go, there's the new extension.
| | 02:53 | You also have the ability to
change your selection here as well.
| | 02:56 | We have Selected Pages, so that in
this case it's our current page, the
| | 03:00 | Veggie Lasagna page, but you could
choose the Current Section or even the
| | 03:03 | Current Notebook from here.
| | 03:04 | But let's just click Save and that
saves up this page in its on Word document
| | 03:10 | and now we could email that off as an
attachment or just send it to them on a
| | 03:14 | memory stick, whatever.
| | 03:16 | Now let's look at another option here.
When you go back to Backstage View and
| | 03:19 | click Save As, and this time select
notebook. Remember you're going to be saving
| | 03:24 | entire sections within a
notebook and all the pages.
| | 03:28 | Your Select Format drop-down has a
very limited number of options here.
| | 03:34 | The option at the very top is an OneNote
Package and this is a package then that
| | 03:38 | would be opened up in OneNote. Someone
else would have to have OneNote to open
| | 03:42 | up your package, but they get to see
all of the sections in your notebook.
| | 03:45 | They get to see all of the pages in
those sections and instead of having a file
| | 03:49 | folder system like we have, you get
this one file that's a packaged file.
| | 03:54 | When they open up the package, they get all
of the folders for each of the sections
| | 03:57 | and subsections and so on.
| | 03:59 | You also have the other two options
of PDF and XPS when you select an
| | 04:03 | entire notebook, and that's something we're
going to be talking about in the next lesson.
| | 04:07 | So we'll click the File tab to close
that up and here we are back to our
| | 04:11 | TwoTrees11 notebook, knowing that we
are able to select any of the content from
| | 04:15 | this notebook and save it to
another format to share with someone else.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Saving OneNote content to PDF or XPS| 00:01 | If you have content in a notebook,
maybe it's a single page, maybe it's an
| | 00:05 | entire section or even an entire
notebook that you want to share with somebody
| | 00:09 | else and you're not sure if they have
OneNote, and in fact you're not sure of
| | 00:12 | what programs they're using,
you might consider saving to a format that's
| | 00:17 | universal, such as PDF or XPS.
| | 00:20 | Let's explore this now using our
TwoTrees11 notebook and you can be looking at
| | 00:25 | any section. I've got the Recipe
section here looking at Veggie Lasagna and
| | 00:30 | when we go to Backstage View and click
the File tab and go down to Save As,
| | 00:34 | we already know we have a number of
options when working with pages and sections.
| | 00:39 | They include Word documents and web
pages, but if we go down to notebook,
| | 00:44 | the options are limited to a package
as well as, there it is, PDF and XPS.
| | 00:50 | Now one is an Adobe product, one is a
Microsoft product, but both of them are
| | 00:54 | read-only files that get created and in
this case if we choose PDF, you can open
| | 00:59 | it up with a free Adobe Reader. Most
computers have the Reader installed and if
| | 01:03 | you don't have it's a
free download from adobe.com.
| | 01:07 | Same thing goes for an XPS file, but
in this case you're using Microsoft
| | 01:10 | products to look at it or a
Preview application for example.
| | 01:14 | So let's save this
entire notebook to a PDF file.
| | 01:18 | So we'll click PDF and
then we'll choose Save As.
| | 01:23 | You'll notice what's happening.
We're going to be saving it to whatever
| | 01:25 | location we want here.
| | 01:27 | I'm going to choose the Desktop,
so it's easy to look at in a moment.
| | 01:31 | The name is going to be the same
as your notebook, TwoTrees11, but the
| | 01:34 | extension is going to be PDF and again,
if you wanted to change any of your
| | 01:39 | selections, you can.
| | 01:40 | Right from the drop-down for example,
if you want to go to the XPS option
| | 01:44 | instead, you could choose it
right from the drop-down list.
| | 01:47 | I'm going to leave it at PDF.
| | 01:48 | If you want to change what you're
saving to PDF, you could do that as well by
| | 01:53 | choosing Selected Pages.
| | 01:54 | In this case it would be the current
page, because we've only got one page
| | 01:57 | selected here, or the Current Section,
but let's leave it at Current Notebook.
| | 02:02 | The entire notebook is
going to be saved to a PDF file.
| | 02:05 | All we have to do is click Save.
| | 02:07 | It might take a moment depending on
the size of your notebook. This one has a
| | 02:10 | lot of content including some video and
audio. We'll have to see how that turns
| | 02:15 | out in our PDF file here in a moment.
| | 02:17 | So let's just give it a minute to wrap
up and then we'll open it up using our
| | 02:21 | free Adobe Reader program.
| | 02:24 | To do that, we'll just simply minimize
OneNote and there's our PDF file on the
| | 02:29 | Desktop. We'll double-click it, and
you can see it opens up in Adobe Reader,
| | 02:34 | and we're at the very first page and at the
very top you can see there's 59 pages altogether.
| | 02:40 | So we're not going to see the nice
organization that we get in an OneNote
| | 02:43 | notebook with the various
sections, pages and subpages.
| | 02:46 | We just see a very long document, a PDF
file here, and as we scroll down we'll
| | 02:52 | be going through the various pages, from the
very first section down to the very last section.
| | 02:57 | Let's go back up for a second here
to the page with the Budget Speech.
| | 03:03 | You can see it looks like we've got
that WMA file right there and when you
| | 03:07 | click on it, it becomes selected or
highlighted. Right-click and you can
| | 03:11 | see it's just an image.
| | 03:13 | It's not actually an audio
file inserted into our PDF.
| | 03:16 | So don't be fooled by that.
| | 03:18 | Same thing goes for video.
| | 03:19 | Let's continue scrolling
down through our document.
| | 03:22 | We'll go down to those Recipe sections
and you can see the content looks exactly
| | 03:28 | like it did in our OneNote notebook,
but here we are now in PDF file and the
| | 03:34 | nice thing about PDF and XPS is if
you want to share content, but you don't
| | 03:38 | want people messing with that content,
in other words you don't want them to be
| | 03:41 | able to make changes to it,
this is a great option.
| | 03:44 | Both of these formats are read-only.
| | 03:47 | So we can go in here and we could
highlight text and select it and maybe copy it
| | 03:51 | if we wanted to put it somewhere else,
but we cannot go in here and start making
| | 03:54 | changes to this content. It is read-only.
| | 03:58 | When you're done, just click the
Close button in top right-hand corner and
| | 04:01 | we'll go back to OneNote.
| | 04:03 | So at any time if you need to share
content with someone you're not sure what
| | 04:07 | programs they use on their computer,
you've got these read-only formats where
| | 04:11 | you can share the content, they'll be
able to open them up with free viewers, and
| | 04:15 | they will not be able to
make changes to that content.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Creating a shared notebook| 00:01 | By now you know that OneNote 2010 is an
excellent tool for organizing content,
| | 00:05 | making it easily accessible and easy to
find, but the big advantage to using a
| | 00:10 | program like OneNote is the
ability to share your content.
| | 00:13 | So many people can be accessing the
same notebook, even updating that notebook
| | 00:18 | at the same time, everything
saved automatically for you.
| | 00:21 | But first you need to be able to know
how to share a notebook and that's we are
| | 00:24 | going to do right now.
| | 00:25 | We are going to share a new
notebook and an existing notebook.
| | 00:28 | So let's start with the new one.
| | 00:29 | We will go up to the File tab to
access Backstage View and click New.
| | 00:33 | Now as soon as you click New,
you have got some options for storing your
| | 00:37 | notebook and choosing where.
| | 00:39 | One option is the Web.
| | 00:40 | If you got a Windows Live account,
you will see down below for the Web
| | 00:43 | location Windows Live.
| | 00:45 | And if you don't have a Live
account you can sign up for Windows Live.
| | 00:49 | And there is something called
SkyDrive there where you'll be able to upload
| | 00:52 | anything you need, including a OneNote
notebook, and be able to access it from
| | 00:56 | any computer thatt's connected to
the internet, or even use a browser with
| | 01:00 | the OneNote Web App.
| | 01:02 | Another popular option is to use a network.
| | 01:05 | If you're connected to a network,
all you have to do is type in the name.
| | 01:09 | Let's use Trade Shows 2010 and
then type in the network location.
| | 01:14 | Or you can use a Browse
button to browse your network.
| | 01:17 | What you'll see in the left hand side of
this Select Folder dialog box is a list
| | 01:21 | of networks you're connected to.
| | 01:23 | You simply select it and the
location, and I am going to go to Public,
| | 01:30 | Documents, that's the folder name,
click Select, and Trade Shows 2010 will then
| | 01:36 | be created in that location.
| | 01:38 | Anyone who is connected to this network will
have access to the notebook that I am creating.
| | 01:42 | So let's click Create Notebook.
| | 01:45 | Now as soon as you do that, you can see
the notebook is being created here but
| | 01:48 | there is a dialog box
that the notebook is created.
| | 01:51 | It's accessible to anyone with
permissions for that network location.
| | 01:54 | Do you want to e-mail
someone about the notebook?
| | 01:57 | So at this point, if you were to choose
E-mail a Link, you'll be able to access
| | 02:01 | your default mail application.
| | 02:03 | In this case, Microsoft Outlook for me.
| | 02:05 | And e-mail out the link to that
location, to that notebook, to anyone who has
| | 02:10 | permission to access it.
| | 02:12 | So let's click No, Thanks
and we can do that ourselves.
| | 02:14 | Notice that Trade Shows 2010 now
shows up as one of our open notebooks and
| | 02:18 | it looks different than our TwoTrees
notebook that we've been using in this chapter.
| | 02:23 | It's got this little icon
indicating that it is shared.
| | 02:26 | This is something that is
shared and will be synchronized.
| | 02:29 | So if many people are accessing it at
the same time, even the same page at the
| | 02:34 | same time, those changes will all be
synchronized and you'll never have to
| | 02:37 | update or save those yourself.
| | 02:39 | So you got a new blank
section and you are ready to go.
| | 02:42 | What about an existing notebook though?
| | 02:44 | Like our TwoTrees notebook.
| | 02:45 | We will switch back to that one by clicking it.
| | 02:47 | Notice the book is open now and the Trade
Shows book appears closed, if we look at the icon.
| | 02:52 | But we don't see that Sync icon
there so we need to share this.
| | 02:56 | And to do that we go to Backstage
View again by clicking the File tab.
| | 03:00 | This time though we are going to click Share.
| | 03:03 | Now from here you'll see the name of
your current notebook and if you want to
| | 03:07 | change it you could.
| | 03:08 | Any open notebooks appear on this list,
but we are going to leave it at TwoTrees11.
| | 03:11 | Where do you want to share it?
| | 03:13 | Again, you can go to the Web using your
Windows Live account or choose a network
| | 03:17 | location and when you do that, you can
type in the location or click the Browse
| | 03:22 | button to browse to the appropriate network.
| | 03:25 | So let's go to the same location and
you can choose your own location as well.
| | 03:31 | Once you have got the folder,
click Select and then click Share Notebook.
| | 03:37 | Again, you're going to
see the same message appear.
| | 03:39 | If you needed to e-mail anyone to tell
them about this, you could use E-mail a
| | 03:43 | Link or choose No, Thanks if
you want to do it yourself.
| | 03:47 | You can see what's happening now.
| | 03:48 | This little icon appears next
to the name of the notebook.
| | 03:51 | So all of that information that appears
in the various sections of your notebook
| | 03:55 | is being uploaded to that location and
it will be accessible to anyone who has
| | 03:59 | access to that area of the network.
| | 04:02 | Eventually it will be done syncing and
you see little checkmark indicating that
| | 04:05 | it has been synced and it's ready to
be accessed by anyone who can connect to
| | 04:10 | that network location.
| | 04:12 | So taking a new notebook and sharing it
very simply you do it along the way, as
| | 04:16 | you're creating it or you can take any
notebook you have and simply share it by
| | 04:20 | going to Backstage View
and using the Share option.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Inviting others and syncing notebooks| 00:01 | When you decide you're going to share a
notebook here in OneNote 2010, you have
| | 00:04 | the opportunity to invite people to
share the notebook, a link is sent out via
| | 00:09 | email, but at anytime you can go back
and send out those email links as needed
| | 00:14 | and we're going to talk
about synchronization as well.
| | 00:17 | As changes are made to a notebook, no
matter how many people are accessing it,
| | 00:20 | those changes are saved and
synchronized automatically.
| | 00:23 | So we're going to look at the
settings and how we can adjust them.
| | 00:27 | Let's start by working with a notebook
that's already shared, in this case, our
| | 00:31 | TwoTrees11 notebook, and if you've
been following along you may have shared
| | 00:35 | this notebook already.
| | 00:36 | If you're jumping to this lesson,
you'll need to go through the process from
| | 00:40 | Backstage View of sharing this notebook,
either by placing it on the network or
| | 00:44 | using a Windows Live account for example.
| | 00:47 | You know it's shared when you see
this little icon for synchronization.
| | 00:51 | This icon is very useful and I'm going to
talk about it in a moment, but right now,
| | 00:55 | let's say there are others out there
who need to have access to this notebook
| | 00:58 | and they're just not aware of the
location and even that they have access to it.
| | 01:03 | We're going to send out email
invitations by going to Backstage View, so you can
| | 01:06 | click the File tab. With Info
selected, you're going to see each of the
| | 01:10 | notebooks that you have open listed
here and you'll also see a link to invite
| | 01:14 | people to the notebook.
| | 01:16 | So let's click that.
| | 01:18 | It takes us to the Share section now,
for that particular notebook and down
| | 01:22 | below, click the E-mail others about
the notebook link and it's going to
| | 01:26 | launch your default mail application.
In my case, Microsoft Outlook. I've got
| | 01:30 | a brand-new message here.
| | 01:31 | So I've already got the subject,
Invitation to OneNote notebook called
| | 01:34 | TwoTrees11, and this is a link that
they'll actually be able to click to
| | 01:39 | access the notebook. Who?
| | 01:41 | Well, whoever we type in the To field.
| | 01:43 | So you can use your To button to go
to your contacts or just type in some
| | 01:47 | addresses here. I'm going to type in a
dummy address and click the Send button.
| | 01:53 | So it sends out the message. You may
have to login, if you haven't already, and
| | 02:01 | the message is sent out with the link
and the person receiving that message will
| | 02:05 | be able to click the link to access the
notebook, in this case, on the network.
| | 02:10 | Of course they'll need access to that
network, but if they've got permission,
| | 02:13 | they'll have no problem opening it up.
| | 02:16 | Now let's just talk about
synchronization. As I mentioned the default is as
| | 02:20 | changes are made they're
automatically saved. Notebooks are synchronized.
| | 02:24 | So if multiple people are accessing a
notebook at one time, all of those changes
| | 02:28 | are updated on the fly.
| | 02:30 | Well, we already saw when we went to
Backstage View by clicking the File
| | 02:33 | tab that for any of our notebooks we can
view the Sync Status over here on the right.
| | 02:40 | When you click View Sync Status, you're
going to see there's dialog box open up.
| | 02:45 | Notice that the default, Sync
automatically whenever there are changes.
| | 02:49 | That's the default. There's a Sync
Now button, so you can synchronize
| | 02:53 | notebooks immediately.
| | 02:55 | And then down below you're also
going to see Sync Progress for any of
| | 02:58 | your notebook locations.
| | 03:00 | I'll just click Close for a second
because there's a faster way to get there.
| | 03:04 | Each notebook has its own icon and as
you hover over the synchronization icon,
| | 03:08 | you'll see the status. In this case our
notebook is up to date, and we can click
| | 03:12 | it to view the sync status and those settings.
| | 03:14 | So click this and it'll open up the
exact same dialog box we just saw.
| | 03:18 | Now, if you prefer to do the
synchronization yourself, you can choose to work
| | 03:22 | offline. By clicking Work offline you'll
see the No sign appear over those icons
| | 03:27 | and at any time you can click the Sync
Now button to create the synchronization.
| | 03:33 | And of course anytime you can switch
back to have those synchronizations
| | 03:37 | done automatically.
| | 03:39 | Down here on the list, you might see
flashing green bars as synchronization
| | 03:43 | takes place, and you can click any of
these to sync them as well. Sync the
| | 03:47 | Selected notebook, and if you wanted
to go to any of these notebooks to sync
| | 03:52 | them up automatically.
| | 03:54 | Now the Sync Now button will
automatically sync all of your shared notebooks.
| | 03:58 | This is the way that you go to select
a specific notebook to be synchronized.
| | 04:03 | So with automatic synchronization on,
we can click Close and just know that no
| | 04:07 | matter how many people are sharing
our notebook, working on it at the very
| | 04:10 | same time, even the same page,
those changes will be synchronized
| | 04:15 | automatically on the fly for us.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Sending pages in various formats| 00:00 | If you need to send specific pages in a
notebook to others via email, or simply
| | 00:06 | to other programs so you can work on
them, OneNote offers a number of send
| | 00:10 | options that we're going to talk about
right now, using our TwoTrees11 notebook.
| | 00:15 | We'll go to Backstage View with our
TwoTrees11 notebook in the Recipes section
| | 00:20 | looking at our Veggie Lasagna recipe, and
let's say we want to send that off to somebody.
| | 00:25 | The quickest way to send a single page
is to go down to Send and you'll see
| | 00:29 | a number of Send options for the current page
only, Veggie Lasagna. So we can email the page.
| | 00:35 | When you choose E-mail Page, your default
email application launches a brand-new message.
| | 00:40 | And I just want you to see the
attached file is in a .mht format, and that
| | 00:45 | means they'll be able to view that
content in their standard web browser.
| | 00:49 | Now if the recipe appeared as part of
the body of the message by default for you,
| | 00:54 | it's based on one of the email
settings that we're going to talk about
| | 00:58 | in the last chapter.
| | 01:00 | If you want to try it out by double-
clicking the link and then clicking Open,
| | 01:03 | and you can see it launches your
default browser and there's the page or the
| | 01:08 | content, a great way to
share single page with someone.
| | 01:11 | We'll close that up and close up the message.
| | 01:14 | We'll go back to backstage view and click Send.
| | 01:17 | This time, we'll look at
E-mail Page as Attachment.
| | 01:20 | Now, it seems that it was an
attachment a moment ago, an mht file, but in this
| | 01:25 | case we're going to get two attachments.
| | 01:26 | So click E-mail Page as Attachment.
| | 01:28 | Again, it's going to launch
Outlook is that's what you're using.
| | 01:32 | Not only are you going to get the mht
file, but you'll also get a .one file.
| | 01:36 | So this is an actual OneNote page that
people will be able to pop into their own
| | 01:41 | notebooks if they wanted to,
or use OneNote to simply view it.
| | 01:45 | Let's close that up and go back to
Backstage View, because when you click Send,
| | 01:51 | you'll see there's some other options,
like E-mail Page as a PDF, so the
| | 01:55 | attachment in this case becomes a
portable document format and they would use
| | 02:00 | Adobe Reader to launch the file and
open it up and access it. Again, it's going
| | 02:04 | to be Read-only format.
| | 02:06 | If you want to send content to a
program where you can work on it, like
| | 02:10 | Microsoft Word, that's the next option.
| | 02:12 | Let's click Send to Word.
| | 02:15 | When you do that, Microsoft Word will
launch. You can expand it to fill the
| | 02:18 | entire screen and you're going to see
all of that content in a Word document.
| | 02:22 | It's a brand-new document, Document1,
but you can come in here, you can start
| | 02:27 | making changes to it, save it, print it,
and you've got a Word document in the end.
| | 02:32 | Let's just close up Word
without saving any of those changes.
| | 02:37 | The last option, from Backstage View
when I'm clicking Send, is Send to Blog.
| | 02:42 | Now you have to be set up as a blogger
with a site. When you click Send to Blog,
| | 02:46 | you'll be able to access that site and
send the content right from your OneNote
| | 02:50 | notebook, the entire page to
a blog entry, simple as that.
| | 02:55 | We'll click the File tab to leave
Backstage View and return to our notebook.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Sharing notebooks on the web| 00:01 | One of the best new ways of sharing a
notebook in OneNote 2010 is to make use of the Web.
| | 00:06 | If you have Windows Live account,
you can use your SkyDrive to store the
| | 00:10 | Shared notebook, allowing you to access it from
any computer that's connected to the Internet.
| | 00:14 | You don't even need OneNote installed.
| | 00:17 | You can use your web browser.
| | 00:18 | Let's take a look at all of
these using our TwoTrees 12 notebook.
| | 00:22 | If you've even following along with me
in this chapter, you can close up any
| | 00:25 | shared notebooks, and open this one up.
| | 00:27 | It's not shared, but we're going to share it.
| | 00:31 | You can create a new shared notebook
using your Windows Live account, or you
| | 00:36 | can share an existing notebook, like we're
going to do with our TwoTrees12 notebook here.
| | 00:41 | Just click the Share tab.
| | 00:42 | You'll notice the button for
creating a new shared notebook.
| | 00:45 | You'll just have to enter the name of
your new notebook before choosing the Web.
| | 00:50 | In this case, though we're
going to share an existing notebook.
| | 00:52 | So we're going to click the Share This
Notebook button, which takes us to the
| | 00:56 | Share section in Backstage view.
| | 00:59 | We see the name of our existing notebook.
| | 01:01 | We don't have to type anything in.
| | 01:02 | With Web selected, you'll
see some options down below.
| | 01:06 | Now if you're not already signed in
to a Windows Live account, you have the
| | 01:10 | opportunity to launch your browser and
sign in using Windows Live SkyDrive, the
| | 01:15 | link that you see at the top of this section.
| | 01:18 | If you don't have a Windows Live account,
you can create one by clicking Sign up
| | 01:22 | for Windows Live SkyDrive.
| | 01:24 | Then you'll have somewhere
to store your shared notebook.
| | 01:26 | If you already have your account, and
you don't need to launch your browser and
| | 01:30 | get into it, you can simply click
the Sign In button. Let's do that.
| | 01:34 | Now of course, you will need a
Windows Live account to be able to follow
| | 01:37 | along with me here.
| | 01:39 | You'll be prompted for the e-mail address
and password you use to login to Windows Live.
| | 01:43 | You'll need to enter those.
| | 01:49 | When you click OK, you'll
notice some changes here.
| | 01:52 | With a Windows Live SkyDrive,
you automatically get two folders.
| | 01:56 | One called My Documents.
| | 01:58 | That's shared just with yourself.
| | 02:00 | So you have access to storing things
on the Web, which means of course that
| | 02:04 | no matter where you are in the world, if
you're connected, you can get to those contents.
| | 02:08 | You also have a Public folder by default.
| | 02:11 | That's shared with everyone.
| | 02:12 | So anyone can get in there.
| | 02:14 | You can share your contents with
anyone you'd like using the Public folder.
| | 02:18 | You also have the ability
though to create a new shared folder.
| | 02:22 | So when we click New Shared Folder, you will
be taken over to your Windows Live account.
| | 02:29 | You may have to sign in.
| | 02:30 | Here we are in our default browser.
| | 02:34 | Then you'll be prompted for the
name of your new shared folder.
| | 02:37 | So let's just type in TwoTrees here.
| | 02:41 | At this point, you can change,
who the folder is shared with.
| | 02:44 | We can see by default it's set to Just me.
| | 02:48 | So you'll be able to share with yourself.
| | 02:50 | But you can change that at any time
and invite anyone you like to have
| | 02:53 | access to this folder.
| | 02:55 | But you can do that again at anytime,
so let's just click Next for now.
| | 02:59 | This will create the new folder. It's empty.
| | 03:02 | That's what we're looking at right now.
| | 03:03 | The contents of this new folder
called TwoTrees. There it is.
| | 03:08 | Again, the status, Shared with Just me, but we can click
that link at any time if we want to change those permissions.
| | 03:15 | But for now, let's just go back to
OneNote and see what's going on over there.
| | 03:19 | Something has changed right now.
| | 03:21 | Under Web Location, you can
see something has happened.
| | 03:23 | There is a message here.
| | 03:25 | When we create a new folder on SkyDrive,
we have to click this Refresh button to
| | 03:29 | update the folder list. So let's do that.
| | 03:32 | Now we see the Documents folder, the Public
folder, and the new one that we just created.
| | 03:38 | This is where we want to store our
newly shared notebook called TwoTrees12.
| | 03:43 | So we select that and then Share Notebook.
| | 03:47 | Now this is going to upload the
notebook right to that new folder called
| | 03:52 | TwoTrees in our SkyDrive
on our Windows Live account.
| | 03:56 | There is the same message we see when
we share notebook, no matter where we share it.
| | 04:00 | E-mail a link to people, we want to
invite to access our notebook, or put it off
| | 04:04 | by clicking No, Thanks.
| | 04:07 | So we can do it manually, or at
anytime we can send them an e-mail to give
| | 04:11 | them access to the link.
| | 04:12 | Notice what's going on here.
Next to the name of our notebook
| | 04:16 | now we see this little Sync icon,
indicating that it is a Shared notebook.
| | 04:20 | You'll also see as you hover over the name,
the full path that takes you to that location.
| | 04:26 | Now in this case, we have OneNote open.
| | 04:28 | We're working with the shared notebook.
| | 04:30 | But you don't even have to have
OneNote to access a shared notebook that's
| | 04:35 | been stored on the Web.
| | 04:36 | You can use the Web app.
| | 04:38 | So let's just go over to
our Windows Live account.
| | 04:40 | We'll flip back to the web browser.
| | 04:43 | Let's just go back a step here.
| | 04:45 | When you look at the path for your
TwoTrees folder, I'll just go back to the Office.
| | 04:51 | You'll notice your TwoTrees notebook in there.
| | 04:54 | Anything else you might be sharing with people.
| | 04:57 | Notice also to the right here,
we've got icons for the Web versions.
| | 05:02 | These are the Web apps for Word, Excel,
PowerPoint, and there it is OneNote.
| | 05:07 | Now these are not fully
functional versions of these applications.
| | 05:11 | There will be certain commands
and functionality that's missing.
| | 05:15 | But you really don't have
to have anything installed.
| | 05:18 | They're free applications.
| | 05:19 | Meaning you can access your notebooks
without even having OneNote installed on
| | 05:23 | the computer that you're connected with.
| | 05:25 | Now over here where we see TwoTrees,
as we hover over the name, you'll notice
| | 05:30 | we can edit right in our browser.
| | 05:32 | This will open up that Web app I was
talking about, allowing us to make changes
| | 05:37 | to our TwoTrees notebook
without even using OneNote.
| | 05:40 | We can also go to Share here to
change who we are sharing this with.
| | 05:45 | Notice it's a little drop-down.
| | 05:47 | You can edit the permissions right
from here, even send that link when you're
| | 05:50 | ready to send it to anyone you want.
| | 05:53 | With the More drop-down, you can Download.
| | 05:57 | So, additional contents, or
access the properties for this notebook
| | 06:01 | directly from here.
| | 06:02 | Remember we're not even
using OneNote to do all of this.
| | 06:05 | We're using the Web app.
| | 06:07 | So let's see what happens
when we click Edit in browser.
| | 06:11 | After a second, there it is.
| | 06:13 | There is the page we were looking at in OneNote.
| | 06:16 | There is our notebook called TwoTrees12.
| | 06:18 | Notice it's on SkyDrive.
| | 06:20 | We've got all of our sections down
the left-hand side here, as well as the
| | 06:24 | various pages in each section.
| | 06:26 | So we can navigate through the entire notebook.
| | 06:29 | You'll notice that we've
got a version of the Ribbon
| | 06:31 | you might be used to using in
your full OneNote application.
| | 06:35 | With a Home tab, and Insert tab
for inserting things like pages,
| | 06:39 | sections, pictures and so on.
| | 06:41 | We've also got a View tab
for changing the various views.
| | 06:45 | So many of the features and
functionality you are used to using in the full OneNote
| | 06:49 | application are available to
you right here from the ribbon.
| | 06:52 | We'll go back to the Home tab.
| | 06:54 | Notice at the very end
| | 06:55 | there is something here
that you open this OneNote.
| | 06:58 | This is actually going to launch the
actual application, if you've got it
| | 07:01 | installed, where you'll have full
functionality and full access to all of the
| | 07:06 | features you're used to using.
| | 07:07 | But here we are in the Web app
working on our shared notebook.
| | 07:11 | We don't even have to have OneNote installed.
| | 07:13 | So if you do plan on sharing a notebook,
and you want to be able to share it
| | 07:17 | with anyone in any location, even with
people who don't have OneNote, consider
| | 07:22 | using a Windows Live account and SkyDrive.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
12. Collaborating on NotebooksKnowing who wrote what with author indicators| 00:01 | When you decide to share a notebook
and collaborate with others on a project,
| | 00:05 | you may have multiple
contributors to a notebook.
| | 00:08 | These are known as authors in OneNote 2010.
| | 00:12 | There are some cool features that will
allow you to track who is contributing
| | 00:15 | what and will also allow
you to find that content quickly.
| | 00:19 | Let's use our TwoTrees12
notebook to take a look at this.
| | 00:22 | We'll start with the Revenues section
selected here on our Income Statement.
| | 00:27 | We really don't see
anything happening on this page.
| | 00:30 | If we go to another section such as Recipes,
and make sure the A-D page is selected,
| | 00:37 | I'll see these little initials
here off to the right in our note.
| | 00:40 | As we move inside the note, you can see
there is a bar kind of the same height
| | 00:45 | as our last two links on this list.
| | 00:46 | The first three, we don't
see anything next to them.
| | 00:49 | With authors, you're always going to see
other authors' initials, if it's turned on,
| | 00:54 | but you won't see your own.
| | 00:55 | So in this case, I know that these are mine.
| | 00:58 | If you're sharing a notebook and you've got
other people contributing to that notebook,
| | 01:03 | you'll see the same thing that I'm seeing here.
| | 01:06 | So in this case, I see the initials KL.
| | 01:08 | If you hover over the initials, you're
going to see the full name, in this case,
| | 01:12 | Karen L. This is the username
they use to login to Windows.
| | 01:16 | You'll also see when they made their last
modification, the date and the time. So that's great.
| | 01:21 | But if you've got a huge notebook, how can you
find all of the contributions by this person?
| | 01:25 | All you have to do is go up
to the Share tab on the Ribbon.
| | 01:28 | You'll notice here in the Shared
Notebook group, we've got a couple of options
| | 01:33 | for working with multiple authors.
| | 01:35 | One is to Find by Author.
| | 01:37 | Let's give that a click. It opens
up our Search Results task pane.
| | 01:41 | You can see automatically it's
searching for the various authors.
| | 01:44 | So you'll see this little Collapse
and Expand buttons next to the name.
| | 01:48 | You'll also see a list of all of the
authors who have contributed to this notebook.
| | 01:53 | In this case, there is only two.
| | 01:54 | Myself and one other person.
| | 01:56 | So when I expand any of those sections,
I can see each of the pages where a
| | 02:01 | contribution was made.
| | 02:02 | There is our A-D page.
| | 02:05 | If we go to Red Pepper Marinade, not
only does it take us to the page, but it
| | 02:10 | also highlights the contribution.
| | 02:12 | You can see the initials here
are next to that contribution.
| | 02:15 | That's a great way to zero in on
specific contributions by author.
| | 02:20 | When you're done, just simply close the
task pane by clicking the Close button.
| | 02:24 | Now if you don't like seeing these
initials, maybe it's a little bit too cluttered.
| | 02:29 | It's not really important
who has contributed what.
| | 02:31 | You can always hide this information as
well by going up to the same group here,
| | 02:35 | the Shared Notebook group on the Share
tab of the Ribbon. Click Hide Authors.
| | 02:39 | That's going to hide those initials.
| | 02:42 | It doesn't mean, we can't still find by author.
| | 02:44 | If we go to the Find by Author button,
we're still able to go to specific pages
| | 02:50 | and see the highlighted content,
but we don't see the initials.
| | 02:54 | So the Hide Authors button is simply
hiding the initials that you might find
| | 02:58 | cluttering the screen.
| | 02:59 | If you want them back, just simply
click the same button. It's a toggle.
| | 03:02 | To turn them back on, you're no
longer hiding the authors' information.
| | 03:05 | You're able to hover over
and see the full information.
| | 03:08 | Remembering that it's the username
they used to login to Windows that appears
| | 03:13 | there, as you hover over their initials.
| | 03:16 | So a couple of cool little
features to help you know exactly who is
| | 03:20 | contributing what to notebook and also
to be able to display that information
| | 03:25 | right in front of your eyes.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Locating newly added content with highlighting| 00:01 | One of my favorite new features
here in OneNote 2010 is the automatic
| | 00:05 | highlighting that happens when you
collaborate with others on a notebook.
| | 00:09 | So if you have multiple authors, you
will know exactly where changes have been
| | 00:14 | made to the notebook.
| | 00:16 | Here I am working with my TwoTrees12
notebook and if you've got the Exercise Files,
| | 00:20 | you can open this up, but you really
need to be sharing and collaborating with
| | 00:24 | at least one other person to see this happen.
| | 00:26 | Notice on the left-hand side here as
I look at my sections, Recipes and User
| | 00:32 | Conference appeared to be bolded.
| | 00:34 | And if I look across the top,
same thing with those tabs.
| | 00:37 | That's telling me as a person who is
sharing this notebook that changes have
| | 00:42 | been made that I have not
yet seen to those sections.
| | 00:46 | So if I go to the Recipes section by
clicking the appropriate tab and look over
| | 00:50 | at the right-hand side of the page tabs,
I'll see the exact same thing. Bolding
| | 00:55 | for the various pages that I
have not yet seen changes to.
| | 00:58 | So in this case there is one called
Experiment and Lemon Sage Chicken that both are bolded.
| | 01:04 | The rest are not, meaning I've seen
the contents of all of those pages and
| | 01:07 | nothing has changed since.
| | 01:08 | When I click Experiment, I am also
going to see on the page highlighting.
| | 01:12 | See the green highlighting across
all the text that is new to me, in this
| | 01:16 | case the entire note.
| | 01:18 | The title is not shaded green.
| | 01:20 | So the title was there.
| | 01:21 | Last time I saw it, it was an empty
page. All of this has been added since.
| | 01:25 | Now, as soon as they take a look at it,
it's no longer new and it will no longer
| | 01:29 | be highlighted when I move on to another page.
| | 01:32 | Let's go to Lemon Sage Chicken.
| | 01:33 | Now in the case, you can see as I
scroll down, just a small addition has been
| | 01:38 | made to the very last line in the note.
| | 01:40 | So the rest of this was here
last time I checked but this is new.
| | 01:44 | Also notice that the
Experiment page is no longer bolded.
| | 01:47 | And if I go to another recipe, notice
that my Lemon Sage Chicken recipe is no
| | 01:52 | longer bolded and in fact, the entire
section now is no longer bolded if I look
| | 01:57 | at the tabs to go to those sections.
| | 01:59 | So right off the bat, I know exactly
where changes have been made and I can
| | 02:04 | quickly go and find them.
| | 02:06 | Now it looks like User
Conference also has something.
| | 02:08 | When I go to that section and go to the
Conference Overview page, I do see some
| | 02:13 | highlighting there as well.
| | 02:14 | So it's a great way to quickly find
any updates that have been made since you
| | 02:18 | last worked with the notebook.
| | 02:19 | If at any time the highlighting does
not disappear or you don't really care
| | 02:26 | what's new and what's changed, you can
always go to the notebook name itself,
| | 02:30 | right at the top of the navigation bar
over here in the left-hand side, and
| | 02:33 | right-click and you will notice there is
an option here to mark the notebook as Read.
| | 02:38 | As soon as you do that, let's give it a click,
none of the bolding will appear any longer.
| | 02:43 | In OneNote's opinion, you've seen all of
the changes at this point and it is now
| | 02:48 | marked as though you've read
every bit of content in this notebook.
| | 02:52 | But it is a brand-new feature to
OneNote 2010 that will help you zero in on
| | 02:57 | anything that's been added or changed
in your notebook since the last time you saw it.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Seeing past versions quickly with versioning| 00:01 | When you share a notebook and
collaborate with others, you've got multiple
| | 00:04 | authors contributing to the same notebook.
| | 00:06 | The occasion may arise when you need to
go back to a previous version of a page,
| | 00:11 | or at least see what that previous
version was and decide whether or not you
| | 00:15 | need to revert back to it.
| | 00:17 | Well, OneNote 2010 does have a Page
Versions tracking feature and we are going
| | 00:21 | to take a look at it now
using our TwoTrees12 notebook.
| | 00:25 | You can see here I am on the User
Conference tab or section, looking at the
| | 00:30 | Conference Overview page.
| | 00:32 | Now this page appears to have another
author who has made a contribution at this point.
| | 00:37 | As I scroll down, it looks
like the rest was done by me.
| | 00:41 | But if we go up to the Share tab on the
Ribbon, you will notice in the History
| | 00:46 | group here we've got
something known as Page Versions.
| | 00:49 | Now if you just simply want to
display the different page versions, you can
| | 00:52 | click the top-half of this button.
| | 00:54 | If you want to see the options, go to
the lower-half and click the drop-down.
| | 00:58 | Right at the top is the default page versions.
| | 01:01 | So that's what will happen if you
click the top-half of the button.
| | 01:03 | Let's give it a click.
| | 01:06 | Well, over here on the right-hand side
we see our Conference Overview and then
| | 01:09 | as we go back, you can see we
have got previous versions as well.
| | 01:13 | When we go to a previous version, we
will see highlighting showing us exactly
| | 01:18 | what was contributed by the various
people and anything that's changed.
| | 01:23 | So in this case, you can see all these
green highlighting showing us what's changed.
| | 01:28 | Let's go back up here.
| | 01:29 | It looks like Karen L made
a simple change to one line.
| | 01:32 | You also see this message across the top
of the page. "This is an earlier version."
| | 01:37 | It will be deleted over time and if you
want to restore or delete this version,
| | 01:42 | you just simply click
the message across the top.
| | 01:44 | So let's give it a click and you will
see a pop-up menu with several options.
| | 01:48 | We can restore back to this version.
| | 01:51 | We can delete this
version, if we don't want it.
| | 01:53 | We can even copy this page to another page.
| | 01:57 | So we can create an actual page, not
just a version of the page representing
| | 02:01 | this previous version of our content.
| | 02:04 | We can also delete all versions in this
section or the entire notebook, if you wanted to.
| | 02:09 | And if you don't want to track
versions, Disable the History for This
| | 02:12 | Notebook is there as well.
| | 02:14 | And if you need to just simply
hide it, keep it going but hide it,
| | 02:17 | you have the opportunity at the very
bottom of this menu to hide your page version.
| | 02:21 | You won't see them until you come
back here and decide to show them again.
| | 02:25 | But let's just delete this version and
you can see what happens over here on
| | 02:28 | the right-hand side.
| | 02:29 | Here is our final version right in
front of us and we have only got two
| | 02:33 | different versions now that we can look at
and at any time, we can revert back.
| | 02:37 | This one, you can see it doesn't have a
lot of information that's been added to it.
| | 02:41 | If we go to the next version, there
are a lot of content that's been added
| | 02:46 | and this is our final version here and it
looks like Karen Leslie is also presenting.
| | 02:51 | We are going to go back to just David Rivers.
| | 02:52 | So let's go back to this one and
at the top, we will click and choose
| | 02:57 | Restore Version this time and it
becomes the last version and a new older
| | 03:03 | version is created and let's say we
just want to get rid of all the old
| | 03:06 | versions now in this section.
| | 03:08 | We will go to the Page Versions drop-down and
we will Delete All Versions in this section.
| | 03:13 | We have to confirm that by clicking the
Yes button and when we do, they are all
| | 03:18 | gone and we are left with the latest.
| | 03:20 | So Page Versioning is a great option to
not only take a look at past versions of
| | 03:26 | a page, but if you need to restore
those versions, bringing you back to an older
| | 03:31 | version that maybe was more
accurate before changes were made.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
13. Researching with OneNoteAutomatically linking your notes to what you're viewing| 00:00 | If you like to take notes in a OneNote
notebook while you're researching content
| | 00:04 | that exists someplace else, maybe
it's a Word document or the most popular
| | 00:08 | place, the Internet,
| | 00:10 | you can automatically have those
notes that you are taking linked to the
| | 00:14 | original content, so you can quickly
go back there as needed to reference the
| | 00:19 | original content itself.
| | 00:21 | We are going to try this out using
our TwoTrees13 notebook in the Recipes
| | 00:24 | section clicking the Meat
Lasagna page. It's a blank page.
| | 00:28 | We're ready to start creating our
masterpiece here, but we're going to borrow
| | 00:32 | content from other locations.
| | 00:34 | Let's start by typing in Ingredients.
| | 00:37 | We'll hit Enter a couple of times
and now we're going to browse around
| | 00:41 | looking for ingredients.
| | 00:42 | Let's start with the most
popular place, the Internet.
| | 00:45 | So you might want to launch Internet Explorer.
| | 00:48 | You do a search, here's one at ichef.com.
| | 00:51 | We've got three recipes here and in
the Beef Recipes category, in the Ground
| | 00:56 | Beef Recipes, we've got one for Lasagna.
| | 00:59 | You can see all of the
different ingredients here.
| | 01:02 | Let's go back to OneNote.
| | 01:04 | Now, any notes that we take will
automatically appear in our note, but they
| | 01:08 | won't be linked unless we choose to
automatically link them back to where we're
| | 01:12 | getting them from, whatever we're viewing.
| | 01:14 | In this case, a web site on the Internet.
| | 01:17 | So let's go up to the Review tab on
the Ribbon to turn on Linked Notes.
| | 01:22 | Here is where we do it.
| | 01:24 | The Linked Notes button is going to
create a docked view so we'll be in the
| | 01:29 | Dock to Desktop view.
| | 01:30 | So whatever we're looking at on the left
-hand side is what we'll be linking to
| | 01:34 | as we take our notes.
| | 01:36 | That could be another OneNote notebook.
| | 01:38 | It could be another
document or in our case a web site.
| | 01:41 | So let's give it a click, and you
can see what happens over here on
| | 01:43 | the right-hand side.
| | 01:44 | We've got a duplicate of our
notebook now in the Dock to Desktop view.
| | 01:49 | We've got this little Link icon
appearing in the top-left corner of the page.
| | 01:53 | We've got this dialog box prompting
us to choose a location for our links.
| | 01:58 | Where do we want them to go?
| | 01:59 | In this case, we do want them right on
the Meat Lasagna page, the page we just left,
| | 02:03 | but you could choose
any spot in your notebook.
| | 02:06 | So you don't have to be on the page.
| | 02:07 | If you want them to go to Unfiled
Notes and then be able to go back there at
| | 02:10 | anytime and get them, you
can choose Unfiled Notes.
| | 02:14 | But I am going to leave mine selected as
Meat Lasagna, you can too, and click OK.
| | 02:19 | Anything you type will be linked to
whatever you see here on the left.
| | 02:23 | In this case, we're seeing
a duplicate of our notebook.
| | 02:25 | That's not what we really want at this point.
| | 02:27 | We want that recipe in our browser.
| | 02:31 | So we'll open up our browser again,
notice that it's automatically docked to our
| | 02:35 | OneNote Docked View.
| | 02:38 | Now when we click over here in our
notes under Ingredients and start typing,
| | 02:42 | let's do this, 2 tb(s), and we'll
type Two Trees Olive Oil just to be
| | 02:50 | specific, and press Enter.
| | 02:53 | That little icon that you saw for
Internet Explorer just disappeared.
| | 02:57 | That's because we haven't
started to type anything.
| | 02:59 | Let's say we also want the garlic in there.
| | 03:02 | So I'll type 2 each of
the Cloves Crushed Garlic.
| | 03:09 | Now, we can continue going to other
content, other sites, other documents.
| | 03:15 | As we're taking our notes, we'll
always be linked back to what we see here on
| | 03:19 | the left-hand side of our screen.
| | 03:22 | When we're done, let's just minimize our
browser and take a look at what happens
| | 03:27 | here with our Linked icon.
| | 03:29 | When we click this,
you'll see a number of options.
| | 03:32 | First of all, Linked Note
Taking is automatically turned on.
| | 03:36 | So when you go to Linked Notes,
you're automatically taking linked notes.
| | 03:40 | You don't have to come here to turn
it on, but you can come here to Stop
| | 03:44 | Taking Linked Notes.
| | 03:46 | If you click this, you'll see the
little No sign appear next to the link.
| | 03:50 | This also happens when you
leave the Dock to Desktop view.
| | 03:54 | In fact, the entire link will disappear.
| | 03:57 | So let's just click the drop-down
again and start taking linked notes.
| | 04:02 | Notice the No sign disappears and now
anything we type will be linked to what we
| | 04:06 | see on the left-hand side.
| | 04:08 | Let's go up here to the Dock
to Desktop and we'll click that.
| | 04:12 | Notice that it automatically takes us
back to full screen or the normal screen,
| | 04:17 | and our link has the No sign again.
| | 04:20 | So we can click this drop-down, and if
we wanted to, delete any links on this
| | 04:25 | page or if we want to see the linked
files, go up here to Linked Files and
| | 04:30 | you'll see there's our Lasagna Recipe link.
| | 04:33 | We've also got the icon over
here next to the note itself.
| | 04:36 | Let's just click in the note anywhere
and hover over the icon. There's our site.
| | 04:41 | We see the actual address.
| | 04:43 | If we click this, it's going to take us
right back into our default browser and
| | 04:47 | take us directly to that page. There it is.
| | 04:52 | So we can always go back
to the original content.
| | 04:55 | I'll close that up.
| | 04:56 | In fact, you can close your browser altogether.
| | 04:59 | It'll take us back here to our
notes in our Recipes section.
| | 05:04 | Now at anytime, if you want to
get rid of those links, no problem.
| | 05:07 | You can go to this little drop-down,
delete the links on this page, one at a time.
| | 05:11 | So if you've got multiples, you can
select them from the list or simply delete
| | 05:15 | all the links on this page by clicking here.
| | 05:19 | Now, links removed.
In this case, 2.
| | 05:21 | So we'll click OK, and notice the link is gone.
| | 05:24 | We could have accessed the Link
options from there, but we can go up to our
| | 05:28 | Backstage View by clicking the File tab
and select Options and you'll be able
| | 05:32 | to go to your linking options from here as well.
| | 05:36 | Let's click Advanced, and in the
Linked Notes section, you'll see checkmarks
| | 05:41 | next to Allow creation of new Linked Notes.
| | 05:43 | That's automatically turning
it on when we click that button.
| | 05:46 | Save documents snippets and page
thumbnails for better linking to the right
| | 05:50 | place in the document. So you
actually see those little thumbnails when we
| | 05:54 | hover over the icons.
| | 05:56 | You also have the ability to remove any
linked notes by clicking this link, so
| | 06:01 | all the links will be gone from the
entire notebook if you click this link.
| | 06:05 | But we don't really have any to delete.
| | 06:07 | We've already deleted them, so we'll
just click OK to return to our notebook.
| | 06:12 | So keep in mind if you do a lot of
research and you like to take notes here in
| | 06:14 | OneNote 2010, you can automatically
link back to the original content by
| | 06:19 | turning on Linked Notes.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Using the Research pane| 00:00 | Research here in OneNote 2010
can mean several different things.
| | 00:04 | You could be taking notes and you
need to look up a meaning for a word or
| | 00:08 | maybe a translation to another
language or maybe you just need a thesaurus so
| | 00:12 | you can find a synonym.
| | 00:14 | All of these tools are available to
you in one convenient location called the
| | 00:17 | Research task pane and we are going
to take a look at it now using our
| | 00:21 | TwoTrees13 notebook in the Recipes section.
| | 00:24 | If you want follow along with
me click the Anchovy Sauce page.
| | 00:27 | The first thing we are going to do is
click in a word that we want to look up.
| | 00:31 | Let's just click in the word Anchovy.
| | 00:33 | Maybe you're not quite sure what an anchovy is.
| | 00:36 | Well, in this case you can
click anywhere in the word.
| | 00:39 | You can even double-click it if
you want to highlight the word.
| | 00:41 | But what's important is that we open up
the Research task pane and we do that by
| | 00:45 | clicking the Review tab on the
ribbon and then click Research.
| | 00:49 | Now this opens up the
pane on the right-hand side.
| | 00:52 | You will see the word that you've
selected, in this case Anchovy, and down
| | 00:57 | below you'll see the selection that was used
last if you've ever used the Research pane.
| | 01:03 | For me, it was All Reference Books.
| | 01:05 | So down below I'm seeing things like
definitions from the Encarta dictionary.
| | 01:10 | I've got English Assistance and
Translation available to me down below.
| | 01:14 | But we can be specific.
| | 01:16 | If we just want a definition we can
click the drop-down here and choose
| | 01:20 | the Encarta dictionary.
| | 01:21 | So it takes a moment and then it
displays the word Anchovy, the noun, the
| | 01:26 | pronunciation, and some definitions down below.
| | 01:29 | You can see the silvery
fish or anchovy as the food.
| | 01:34 | If we go back to that drop-down, we
have a number of other options as well.
| | 01:37 | Now there are reference books
like a Thesaurus for example.
| | 01:40 | If you want to find another word.
While there's no other word for the word
| | 01:44 | anchovy, but if you click the drop-
down you will see not only are there
| | 01:48 | reference books, but they're also
reference or research sites like Bing.
| | 01:54 | There is a whole bunch
here that we can choose from.
| | 01:56 | Let's go to Bing and see happens.
| | 01:58 | I bet you we get a lot of-- yeah, there it is.
| | 02:01 | You can see we are viewing 1 to 10 of over
700,000 definitions here as we scroll down.
| | 02:08 | We can learn everything we
need to know about anchovies.
| | 02:12 | And we can click this drop-down at
anytime if you want access to all the
| | 02:15 | reference books or all of the research sites.
| | 02:18 | You can do that as well.
| | 02:20 | Again, you'll be able to expand or
collapse the things that you want to look at.
| | 02:24 | Factiva iWorks, for example, we can click that.
| | 02:27 | You are going to see a number of recipes
here that involve anchovies. So that's cool.
| | 02:32 | Those are expandable as well if
you want to take a look at them.
| | 02:36 | Then click a link to go
there to view the article.
| | 02:38 | Let's click that drop-down one more
time and just zero in on a single, let's go
| | 02:45 | to a research site like HighBeam.
| | 02:48 | So there it is and you can scroll down,
reading everything you need to know about anchovies.
| | 02:52 | The nice thing is you've also
got these navigation buttons.
| | 02:55 | So you can go back.
| | 02:55 | You can go back a page at a time or
click the drop-down and go back to any of
| | 03:01 | those things you've
already used, any of the tools.
| | 03:04 | Then you've also got the same button
for moving forward through those options.
| | 03:08 | Down at the very bottom,
you've also got Research options.
| | 03:11 | Click this link to open up your research
options, so you can choose Languages for example.
| | 03:16 | Here in Reference Books,
we've got our dictionaries.
| | 03:19 | You can select the one you want to use.
| | 03:21 | We've also got the Thesaurus down below,
Translation, and there is our Research Sites.
| | 03:27 | So you can add additional sites just
by clicking the appropriate checkboxes.
| | 03:31 | And if there's something there you don't
use, you can be deselect it by clicking
| | 03:34 | the checkbox to remove the check.
| | 03:36 | We will just click OK and there we go.
| | 03:40 | We've updated our research tools.
| | 03:42 | So when you're done, just simply click
the Close button in the top-right corner
| | 03:46 | and you can always access the
Research task pane again if you need to from
| | 03:50 | Spelling group here in the
Review tab of the ribbon.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Translating text with the Mini Translator| 00:00 | If you're following along with me in
the previous lesson you know that the
| | 00:03 | Research pane allows you to
translate content if you want to.
| | 00:07 | There is also a new feature here in
OneNote 2010 known as the Mini Translator if
| | 00:11 | you need to get a quick translation.
| | 00:12 | I am going to try it out with our Two
Trees13 notebook in the Recipes section
| | 00:17 | with Veggie Lasagna selected.
| | 00:19 | Here in this note at the
very top we have a paragraph.
| | 00:23 | So let's just click-and-drag over the
description of our Veggie Lasagna here,
| | 00:27 | and let's go up to the Review tab, and
without choosing the Research pane we can
| | 00:32 | go directly to Translate and if we
wanted to translate the selected text,
| | 00:37 | this will launch our Research task pane
and take us directly to in this case
| | 00:42 | Translation and down below whatever
language you have selected, you will see a
| | 00:47 | translation for the selected content.
| | 00:49 | In this case an entire paragraph down below.
| | 00:51 | So you could actually, if you wanted
to borrow this. You could copy it and
| | 00:56 | create a bilingual document or
a page here in your notebook.
| | 01:00 | But what if you just want a quick translation?
| | 01:02 | You don't need to actually borrow the content.
| | 01:04 | Let's just close up our Research task
pane and we will go to the Translate
| | 01:08 | drop-down and here's the new feature.
| | 01:10 | It's called the Mini Translator.
| | 01:12 | You'll see the current language selected.
| | 01:14 | In my case it's French.
| | 01:16 | You can point to a word or select an
entire phrase like we have here to see
| | 01:20 | a quick translation.
| | 01:21 | First of all, you might want to choose
your desired language and that's right at
| | 01:25 | the bottom of this menu.
| | 01:27 | So if you want to choose a different
language, maybe German for example, and
| | 01:33 | click OK, now when you turn this on,
everything will be translated for you from
| | 01:38 | English to German, and German
appears as the Mini Translator language.
| | 01:44 | So when we click this, all we have to
do is either hover over a word or select
| | 01:48 | an entire group of words like we have
here and you'll notice when you hover over
| | 01:52 | the selection, a little window appears.
| | 01:54 | It's dimmed, but when you start moving up
towards it, you actually see the translation.
| | 01:59 | There it is. You've even got buttons to the
Research pane, a Copy button, and if you click
| | 02:05 | Play, you're going to hear the
English version of this and there is the
| | 02:10 | German translation.
| | 02:11 | So you can compare what you're hearing to
what you're seeing in the desired language.
| | 02:16 | When you move down below, just clicking
any old word, you'll see just that word
| | 02:21 | now is being translated.
| | 02:22 | All you have to do is click to see a
quick translation for a single word,
| | 02:27 | the word you click in, or select an entire
phrase, and with the Mini Translator,
| | 02:32 | you'll be able to see a translation.
| | 02:34 | When you're done with it, remember to
go back to the Translate button and
| | 02:37 | toggle this back off by clicking Mini
Translator if you find it annoying that a
| | 02:42 | translation shows up every
time you move your mouse around.
| | 02:45 | That's how you turn it off.
| | 02:46 | So you go back there to
turn it on when you need it.
| | 02:49 | Brand-new in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
14. Modifying OneNote OptionsSetting display options| 00:00 | Here in OneNote 2010, you have full
control over your display options.
| | 00:05 | So if you need more space to focus on
content, there are number of display
| | 00:09 | options to help you with that and you
can even customize things like your Ribbon
| | 00:13 | and Quick Access toolbar.
| | 00:16 | So really it doesn't matter what
notebook you have opened at this point to
| | 00:18 | following along with me.
| | 00:19 | We are going to start with the Ribbon
that appears across the top of the screen.
| | 00:22 | And the Ribbon is quite thick.
| | 00:25 | So it does take you some
valuable real estate on your screen.
| | 00:28 | If you need more space to work on content,
you can simply minimize the Ribbon by
| | 00:32 | clicking the Minimize Ribbon button
or using Ctrl+F1 on your keyboard.
| | 00:38 | Now this doesn't actually close
up the Ribbon. It's still there.
| | 00:41 | You can see the tabs and when you click
a tab, it will temporarily display the
| | 00:46 | various contents here from the Ribbon
and if we go to View, for example, and you
| | 00:50 | want to Hide Authors, you would select
that button and look at that, the Ribbon
| | 00:55 | kind of collapses on itself again.
| | 00:57 | So it only shows you the
groups when you select the tab.
| | 01:01 | If you want that back,
| | 01:03 | click the same button that
collapsed it to expand it.
| | 01:08 | Now another option is to
simply go to Full Page View.
| | 01:12 | I like view when I need to focus on the content.
| | 01:14 | I don't need my navigation bar down the left
and I don't need the page tabs on the right.
| | 01:19 | I just want to focus on what's on my screen.
| | 01:21 | Notice the real estate I have here.
| | 01:23 | Lots of room to work with. And when I
am done with Full Page View, I click the
| | 01:27 | same button to toggle it off, just like that.
| | 01:30 | You also have full control over your
Ribbon and Quick Access toolbars and
| | 01:34 | what appears there.
| | 01:35 | Let's just go to Backstage view for a second.
| | 01:38 | I will click the File tab, go down to
Options, and here under Options, you will
| | 01:43 | see Customize Ribbon and we have also
got a link to the Quick Access toolbar.
| | 01:48 | Let's click Customize Ribbon.
| | 01:50 | When you choose Customize Ribbon, you
can select any command possible in OneNote
| | 01:54 | to appear on your Ribbon.
| | 01:55 | And you can choose commands to appear in
current sections of the Ribbon,
| | 02:00 | current tabs, current groups or
you can even create your own.
| | 02:03 | Let's say we just want to see commands
that are not in the Ribbon. We can choose
| | 02:08 | that and get a list of all the
commands that currently don't show up on the
| | 02:12 | Ribbon and now we want to
put some of them on the Ribbon.
| | 02:15 | Now you can expand or collapse the
various sections or tabs here on the Ribbon
| | 02:19 | or if you wanted to, you can even
create a new tab. Let's do that.
| | 02:23 | We'll click New Tab.
| | 02:24 | We will click New Tab and the new tab
will appear just below the selected tab.
| | 02:27 | In my case, it was the Home tab.
| | 02:29 | And I can select it where it
says New Tab and rename it.
| | 02:32 | I am going to call it Daves and click OK.
| | 02:37 | Now I have a Daves tab and down
below it, there is a New Group.
| | 02:41 | So you can have as many groups as you
want by adding the New Group button and of
| | 02:46 | course, you can rename those as well.
| | 02:49 | When we click Rename, we see this
little Rename dialog box and the display name
| | 02:53 | is already highlighted where it says New Group.
| | 02:56 | So let's just type Edit for one of
the groups and if you wanted to, you
| | 03:00 | can choose a symbol.
| | 03:01 | Let's just use the text Edit and
then we will select the second New Group
| | 03:05 | and rename it as well. Let's do Insert.
| | 03:10 | So these are common editing and inserting
things that I might use altogether on my own tab.
| | 03:16 | Now it's a matter of getting
the actual commands over there.
| | 03:18 | Let's go to Edit for example.
| | 03:20 | I like to paste and keep the source formatting.
| | 03:23 | So I don't want to have
to select this every time.
| | 03:25 | I just click here and add it to my Edit group.
| | 03:28 | Maybe I want to paste as a picture too.
| | 03:30 | That's something I use quite often.
| | 03:32 | I will add that to the group and then
let's go to Insert and then you can scroll
| | 03:36 | up and down the list here of things
that you might want to have show up on your
| | 03:40 | Insert group on your own personal
customized Ribbon, or maybe you just realize,
| | 03:46 | "wait a second,
I don't really need that at all."
| | 03:48 | So let's go to Insert where we have
just created this brand-new group and just
| | 03:54 | choose to remove it.
| | 03:56 | To remove it, let me click
the Remove button and it's gone.
| | 03:59 | So now we just have our one group.
| | 04:01 | Click OK to see what that looks like.
| | 04:03 | So there is Daves tab
right there and my two buttons.
| | 04:07 | If you realize, okay, maybe that
belongs in a different location, or maybe you
| | 04:12 | just need it any more, we will go back
to backstage view by clicking the File tab,
| | 04:16 | clicking Options, and Customize Ribbon.
| | 04:20 | Now we could go through here deleting
things but if it's all we have changed,
| | 04:24 | a quick way is just to go
back to the default settings.
| | 04:28 | Down below, next to
Customizations, we see a Reset button.
| | 04:31 | When we click this, we can reset all
customizations, click Yes, and we are back
| | 04:38 | to our default settings.
| | 04:39 | Let's click OK. Sure enough our Ribbon
looks just the way it did the first time
| | 04:44 | we launched OneNote.
| | 04:46 | Same things goes for the Quick Access toolbar.
| | 04:48 | You can click the drop-down and pick
and choose which commands appear on the
| | 04:52 | Quick Access toolbar.
| | 04:53 | Maybe Print is something you use quite often.
| | 04:55 | But from here, we can also
go down to show More Commands.
| | 04:58 | These are commands that are not
available to us from the drop-down and we have
| | 05:02 | them all here again.
| | 05:03 | So you will see your current commands.
| | 05:06 | Let's add Delete by clicking it and
click the Add button and then you can move
| | 05:11 | it around too, so it appears in the
location that you want, maybe right after
| | 05:14 | the Undo button and when you
click OK, there is the change.
| | 05:20 | You can see our Delete button right in
the middle and there is our Print button.
| | 05:23 | Now we can customize this too from
backstage view by clicking the File tab and
| | 05:28 | Options, choose Quick
Access toolbar, and there we go.
| | 05:32 | There is all those options again.
| | 05:34 | Let's remove Delete or even faster,
reset. Clicking Reset we can reset only the
| | 05:40 | Quick Access toolbar or from here,
all customizations and click Yes.
| | 05:46 | The only other option with the Quick
Access toolbar is to decide where it appears.
| | 05:49 | You like it below or above the Ribbon
and by default it's above the Ribbon.
| | 05:53 | You can have it show up below the Ribbon
by clicking the checkbox and clicking OK.
| | 05:57 | Or you can go to the drop-down and
change its location from this little menu.
| | 06:02 | In this case, because it's below the Ribbon,
the option displays as Show Above the Ribbon.
| | 06:07 | So we will put it back
up there where it belongs.
| | 06:10 | So a number of options to help you
with your display settings as you are
| | 06:13 | working in OneNote.
| | 06:15 | If you need more room,
remember you can clear your screen
| | 06:18 | of all the clutter, work in Full
Page View, and you even have full control
| | 06:22 | over what appears on the Ribbon
and Quick Access toolbars themselves.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Changing email options| 00:00 | In OneNote 2010 you have full
control over what is sent to OneNote.
| | 00:05 | So, if you happen to be using the
print drivers sent to OneNote from another
| | 00:08 | application, let's say Microsoft
Word for example, you automatically get
| | 00:12 | prompted to choose where you want to
send that content to, and that's one of the
| | 00:18 | options that can be altered here in
OneNote, as well as any of the integrated
| | 00:21 | options with Microsoft Outlook.
| | 00:23 | Let's take a look at them now.
| | 00:24 | We're going to start with a Word
document, and if you want to you can open up
| | 00:28 | this Veggie Lasagna.
| | 00:30 | And when we go up to Backstage View
by clicking the File tab and we choose
| | 00:34 | Print, we have the ability to change
our printer to the Send To OneNote driver.
| | 00:39 | It's automatically installed and when
we click Print, we are then prompted to
| | 00:44 | choose where that content is going to go.
| | 00:47 | So if you wanted to, you could put
it in any of the sections on any of
| | 00:51 | the existing pages.
| | 00:52 | Let's click Cancel for a second.
| | 00:55 | Maybe you don't want to
put it in an existing page.
| | 00:57 | Maybe you'd rather have a new page
created automatically in the current section.
| | 01:01 | That's just one of the options you can alter.
| | 01:03 | Let's go up to Backstage View here in
OneNote by clicking the File tab and
| | 01:07 | then down to Options, and we'll click the Send
to OneNote option here on the left-hand side.
| | 01:13 | Notice for Outlook items like messages,
notes, contacts, tasks, all of these
| | 01:19 | items, we see the same option here
by default, Always ask where to send.
| | 01:23 | Same thing goes for other content like
printing to OneNote, what we just tried
| | 01:27 | from Microsoft Word.
| | 01:29 | Same thing for screen clippings and web
content, but if you click the drop-down
| | 01:33 | next to any of these, you can change it
to the current page so it automatically
| | 01:39 | go to current page that you're looking
at in OneNote, a new page in the current
| | 01:43 | section, or you can set a default
location which could be any of the sections,
| | 01:48 | any of the pages that already exist.
| | 01:51 | Let's choose new page in current position
here for print to OneNote and we'll click OK.
| | 01:57 | And you'll see those same options for
all of your Outlook items, as well as
| | 02:01 | those other options for sending to OneNote.
| | 02:05 | Let's go to our Word document and try it again.
| | 02:07 | We'll go to Backstage View and
select Print. With Send To OneNote already
| | 02:12 | selected we'll click the Print button,
and in this case you can see what
| | 02:16 | happens. A new page is automatically
created here in OneNote under Revenues and
| | 02:22 | that's not really where we wanted to go.
| | 02:24 | So we click undo and go down to our
Recipes, in the Q-Z page here, group of pages.
| | 02:33 | That's where we want our new page to
go and again once we click File and
| | 02:38 | Print, and click Print again, it just
simply creates a brand-new page. This time
| | 02:44 | it's under Recipes here, and
we've got our Veggie Lasagna.
| | 02:48 | All we need to do is give it a title.
| | 02:50 | So that's just one of the options.
| | 02:52 | There are also options for
working with email messages and so on.
| | 02:55 | For example, with our Home tab selected
if we click E-mail Page, it's going
| | 03:00 | to launch Microsoft Outlook and
you'll see an attachment here.
| | 03:04 | Let's close this up.
| | 03:06 | Let's go to our Revenue section now
and we'll click on the very top here, our
| | 03:10 | Income Statement. This
already has an attachment.
| | 03:14 | If we go to E-mail Page now, you'll see
a new message is created in Outlook and
| | 03:20 | we've got the Excel file as well as the web page.
| | 03:23 | So we'll close that up, and those are
default options that can also be customized.
| | 03:28 | Let's go to Backstage View by
clicking File and then Options.
| | 03:32 | This time we're going to choose
Advanced and there is a section in here for
| | 03:37 | e-mail sent from OneNote.
| | 03:40 | We can attach a copy of the
original notes as a OneNote file.
| | 03:43 | For me that's not selected.
| | 03:45 | If we click that, we'll actually send
the OneNote file that could be opened in
| | 03:48 | OneNote, to the person we're sending it to.
| | 03:51 | Attach embedded files to the e-
mail message as separate files.
| | 03:55 | That's exactly what we saw happen.
| | 03:57 | And we can also add the following
signature to e-mail messages and web
| | 04:00 | pages created in OneNote.
| | 04:02 | You can see here it says created with
Microsoft OneNote 2010 and a little bit of
| | 04:07 | blur up there about OneNote, but you
could have any signature you want in here
| | 04:11 | just by selecting what's
there and typing in your own.
| | 04:16 | And of course, you can deselect any of
these checkboxes to disable any of them,
| | 04:21 | or enable the ones you want.
| | 04:23 | When you click OK, those changes will be saved.
| | 04:26 | So you have full control over how you
integrate with Outlook here in OneNote
| | 04:30 | 2010 and you also have full control
over content that's sent to OneNote and
| | 04:34 | where it's going to go.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Protecting passwords| 00:00 | Sometimes when you share a notebook,
there are certain sections that are a little
| | 00:04 | more sensitive than others and you may
want to password protect them, allowing
| | 00:08 | only people who know the
password to access those sections.
| | 00:11 | There are also password options
we need to take a look at now.
| | 00:14 | Let's experiment with our TwoTrees14
notebook here with the Revenues section selected.
| | 00:20 | Here is a good example of data that
might be sensitive and should only be
| | 00:24 | viewed by certain people.
| | 00:25 | Well in this case, we can password
protect it just by going to the tab itself
| | 00:29 | and right clicking. From the pop-up menu, we
can choose to Password Protect This Section.
| | 00:34 | That opens up the Password Protection
pane over here on the right-hand side, and
| | 00:39 | there is the button for setting the password.
| | 00:40 | Let's just do that for this
section and we'll type in a password.
| | 00:44 | You won't be able to see what you're
typing, so you'll need to confirm it by
| | 00:47 | typing it exactly the same in
the Confirm Password field here.
| | 00:52 | And when you click OK, you'll be
password protecting this section.
| | 00:56 | Now you maybe prompted at
this point about backups.
| | 01:00 | If a backup is made on a section or
an entire notebook in this case, backup
| | 01:05 | sections may not be password protected,
so you'll have the opportunity at this
| | 01:09 | point to either keep them or delete any backups.
| | 01:12 | So, that way people won't be able to
look at the backups that are not password
| | 01:16 | protected using this feature.
| | 01:18 | So now there is another button
available to us that allows us to remove the
| | 01:22 | password and if we want to do that, we
would have to know the password to remove it.
| | 01:27 | At this point now, anyone you're
sharing the notebook with, as soon as they try
| | 01:30 | to go to the Revenues section, they
will be prompted for password before they
| | 01:33 | can see what's in there.
| | 01:35 | Now you'll notice that if we move to
another section, you can just click any
| | 01:38 | section tab and go back to Revenues.
It's not prompting you for a password, and
| | 01:43 | that's because of one of the password options.
| | 01:46 | Notice from the Password Protection pane
over here, we can access those Password Options.
| | 01:51 | Right at the very bottom there's a link.
| | 01:54 | But if this pane isn't open you can
always go to Backstage View by clicking the
| | 01:57 | File tab, going to Options, and then
clicking Advanced on the left-hand side.
| | 02:02 | You'll be able to scroll down directly
to the Passwords section here and that's
| | 02:07 | what that link in the Password
Protection pane will take you to.
| | 02:10 | Notice that sections that are password
protected will not be disabled until you
| | 02:17 | have left them for 10 minutes.
| | 02:18 | In other words, if you've navigated away
from the Revenues section and it's been
| | 02:24 | 10 minutes at least, as soon as you try
to come back you'd be prompted for the
| | 02:27 | password but this is adjustable.
| | 02:30 | All the way from one minute to a day,
and in fact, let's just select 10 Minutes.
| | 02:35 | We can also make it so that the moment
we navigate away from a section
| | 02:39 | it's locked by clicking this second checkbox.
| | 02:41 | This way the time doesn't matter at all.
| | 02:44 | Also add-in programs
sometimes need to access sections.
| | 02:48 | Do you want them to be able to access a
password-protected section when it's unlocked?
| | 02:54 | And you have to enable
that by clicking the checkbox.
| | 02:56 | It's checked off by default.
| | 02:58 | If it's password protected, the add-in
programs will not be able to access those
| | 03:03 | sections. Only when they
are unlocked. So there we go.
| | 03:06 | There is our Password Options. We'll click OK.
| | 03:10 | Notice there is also a button here to
Lock All, and this is going to lock all
| | 03:14 | password-protected sections, because as
you know we've got that that 10 minute
| | 03:18 | thing, but we just change the options.
| | 03:19 | So if we go back to Revenues, notice
that we don't go right into anymore.
| | 03:23 | We're prompted to click over here to
enter the password protected section.
| | 03:28 | So we'll click right there, type in the
password, press Enter or click OK, and you're in.
| | 03:34 | At any time, if you need to
you can remove the password.
| | 03:38 | We'll click Remove Password, but again,
you'll need to know the password to
| | 03:41 | be able to remove it.
| | 03:43 | Click OK or press Enter and
it's no longer password-protected.
| | 03:48 | So we can close up the Password
Protection pane, and now we have full access to
| | 03:53 | all of the sections in our notebook.
| | 03:55 | So that's Password Protection and some
of the Password Protection options you
| | 03:58 | have here in OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Setting backup options| 00:00 | One thing you may not be aware of as
you work with OneNote 2010 is that the
| | 00:04 | content you're creating in the various
sections of a notebook is being backed up
| | 00:08 | for you automatically.
| | 00:10 | The interval that the backups
happen is totally up to you.
| | 00:14 | Let's check out the defaults
now using our TwoTrees14 notebook.
| | 00:17 | We will just go to Backstage View
by clicking the File tab here and we
| | 00:21 | will click Options.
| | 00:22 | Now, down the left-hand side you will
notice there is a Save & Backup section.
| | 00:27 | So we will click that, and we will look
directly to the Backup section here in this window.
| | 00:32 | Notice the checkmark is there by default,
automatically backing up your notebooks
| | 00:36 | at the following time interval. Daily.
| | 00:39 | When you shut down at the end of the
day and you come back the next day,
| | 00:43 | you actually have a backup of
your notebook that's been made.
| | 00:46 | The backups are important.
| | 00:47 | For example, if you're password
protecting like we talked about in the previous
| | 00:50 | lesson, those backups that are created
are not password protected, and if you're
| | 00:55 | wondering where they are, take a look
up here in the Save section. The Backup
| | 00:59 | folder appears right there where you can
go at any time to access those backups.
| | 01:04 | That's a handy feature
| | 01:05 | if something goes wrong with your
notebook. You can always go to a backup and
| | 01:09 | in our case using the default interval,
you'll never have more than a day's
| | 01:14 | worth of work to redo.
| | 01:16 | We can change that interval as well.
| | 01:18 | Just click the drop-down and you can
see backups can happen every minute all
| | 01:22 | the way down to 6 weeks.
| | 01:25 | So quite a range there for backing up.
| | 01:28 | The Daily setting is the default.
| | 01:30 | I am going to leave mine at a day.
| | 01:32 | You can also adjust the
number of backup copies to keep.
| | 01:35 | So in this case with 2 being the
default. I'll never have more than 2 days of
| | 01:40 | backups, but we can change that as well.
| | 01:42 | You can come in here and click, drag
over what's there, and type-in a number.
| | 01:46 | And you may have noticed as you drag
over that number, you can go all the way up
| | 01:50 | to 99,999 backups or you can just
use the arrows to bump it up or down.
| | 01:58 | I am going to leave it at 2.
| | 01:59 | You also have the ability right from this
window to back up any changed files right now.
| | 02:04 | So you don't want to wait for the end
of the day for the 24 hours to pass, just
| | 02:08 | click Back Up Changed Files Now, and a
backup is made, and stored in the default folder.
| | 02:14 | If you want to change that folder, you
will notice all you have to do, we will
| | 02:18 | click OK, is to select the
folder, and then click Modify.
| | 02:22 | You can choose anywhere you like.
| | 02:23 | So it could be for example an
external drive or it could be if you're on a
| | 02:28 | network a network drive.
| | 02:30 | You also have a button for backing up
all your notebooks now, not just the
| | 02:33 | one you're working in.
| | 02:34 | So any open notebooks, any notebooks
that you have opened down in the left-hand
| | 02:38 | side can be backed up
instantaneously from this button.
| | 02:41 | Let's click OK to okay any changes
we've made and return to our notebook.
| | 02:47 | So now you know, backups are being
made of your notebooks, and the interval
| | 02:51 | that they are made is totally up to you,
and the location where they're stored
| | 02:55 | is also up to you.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
ConclusionGoodbye| 00:00 | Congratulations! You've reached the end
of OneNote 2010 Essential Training.
| | 00:04 | You should now be feeling confident and
comfortable using many of the powerful
| | 00:08 | features and functions of OneNote 2010.
| | 00:11 | This is David Rivers saying thanks for
watching and I wish you all the best as
| | 00:14 | you move forward using Microsoft OneNote 2010.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
